[go: up one dir, main page]

CN108307084B - Information processing apparatus and information processing method - Google Patents

Information processing apparatus and information processing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN108307084B
CN108307084B CN201710938467.4A CN201710938467A CN108307084B CN 108307084 B CN108307084 B CN 108307084B CN 201710938467 A CN201710938467 A CN 201710938467A CN 108307084 B CN108307084 B CN 108307084B
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
function
image
information
cooperative
functions
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
CN201710938467.4A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN108307084A (en
Inventor
得地贤吾
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Fujifilm Business Innovation Corp
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Business Innovation Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Business Innovation Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Business Innovation Corp
Publication of CN108307084A publication Critical patent/CN108307084A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN108307084B publication Critical patent/CN108307084B/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/00127Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture
    • H04N1/00204Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture with a digital computer or a digital computer system, e.g. an internet server
    • H04N1/00244Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture with a digital computer or a digital computer system, e.g. an internet server with a server, e.g. an internet server
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/00127Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture
    • H04N1/00249Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture with a photographic apparatus, e.g. a photographic printer or a projector
    • H04N1/00251Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture with a photographic apparatus, e.g. a photographic printer or a projector with an apparatus for taking photographic images, e.g. a camera
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/00127Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture
    • H04N1/00326Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture with a data reading, recognizing or recording apparatus, e.g. with a bar-code apparatus
    • H04N1/00328Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture with a data reading, recognizing or recording apparatus, e.g. with a bar-code apparatus with an apparatus processing optically-read information
    • H04N1/00334Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture with a data reading, recognizing or recording apparatus, e.g. with a bar-code apparatus with an apparatus processing optically-read information with an apparatus processing barcodes or the like
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/00127Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture
    • H04N1/00326Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture with a data reading, recognizing or recording apparatus, e.g. with a bar-code apparatus
    • H04N1/00328Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture with a data reading, recognizing or recording apparatus, e.g. with a bar-code apparatus with an apparatus processing optically-read information
    • H04N1/00336Connection or combination of a still picture apparatus with another apparatus, e.g. for storage, processing or transmission of still picture signals or of information associated with a still picture with a data reading, recognizing or recording apparatus, e.g. with a bar-code apparatus with an apparatus processing optically-read information with an apparatus performing pattern recognition, e.g. of a face or a geographic feature
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/0035User-machine interface; Control console
    • H04N1/00405Output means
    • H04N1/00474Output means outputting a plurality of functional options, e.g. scan, copy or print
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N1/00Scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, e.g. facsimile transmission; Details thereof
    • H04N1/00912Arrangements for controlling a still picture apparatus or components thereof not otherwise provided for
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N2201/00Indexing scheme relating to scanning, transmission or reproduction of documents or the like, and to details thereof
    • H04N2201/0077Types of the still picture apparatus
    • H04N2201/0094Multifunctional device, i.e. a device capable of all of reading, reproducing, copying, facsimile transception, file transception

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
  • Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)
  • Computing Systems (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Facsimiles In General (AREA)
  • Accessory Devices And Overall Control Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

信息处理设备和信息处理方法。一种信息处理设备包括控制器。如果指定与执行协作功能所需的第一装置有关的第一图像,则所述控制器执行控制以呈现指示能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能的第二装置的引导。

Figure 201710938467

Information processing apparatus and information processing method. An information processing apparatus includes a controller. If the first image related to the first device required to perform the cooperation function is specified, the controller performs control to present a guide indicating a second device capable of performing the cooperation function together with the first device.

Figure 201710938467

Description

信息处理设备和信息处理方法Information processing apparatus and information processing method

技术领域technical field

本发明涉及信息处理设备和信息处理方法。The present invention relates to an information processing apparatus and an information processing method.

背景技术Background technique

日本未审查专利申请公布No.2015-177504和No.2015-223006公开了用于使得多个装置彼此协作的技术。Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication Nos. 2015-177504 and 2015-223006 disclose techniques for causing a plurality of apparatuses to cooperate with each other.

然而,在一些情况下可能无法执行期望的协作功能。However, in some cases the desired collaborative function may not be performed.

发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

因此,本发明的目的是在执行协作功能的情况下增加用户便利。Therefore, an object of the present invention is to increase user convenience in the case of performing cooperative functions.

根据本发明的第一方面,提供了一种包括控制器的信息处理设备。如果指定与执行协作功能所需的第一装置有关的第一图像,则所述控制器执行控制以呈现指示能够与第一装置一起执行所述协作功能的第二装置的引导。According to a first aspect of the present invention, there is provided an information processing apparatus including a controller. If the first image related to the first device required to perform the cooperation function is specified, the controller performs control to present a guide indicating a second device capable of performing the cooperation function together with the first device.

根据本发明的第二方面,如果进一步指定与不能与第一装置一起执行所述协作功能的装置有关的图像,则所述控制器执行控制以呈现所述引导。According to the second aspect of the present invention, if an image related to a device that cannot perform the cooperation function together with the first device is further specified, the controller performs control to present the guidance.

根据本发明的第三方面,如果执行将第一图像和与不能与第一装置一起执行所述协作功能的装置有关的图像彼此链接的操作,则所述控制器执行控制以呈现所述引导。According to the third aspect of the present invention, if the operation of linking the first image and the image related to the device that cannot perform the cooperation function together with the first device is performed to each other, the controller performs control to present the guide.

根据本发明的第四方面,如果第一图像和与不能与第一装置一起执行所述协作功能的装置有关的图像彼此叠加,则所述控制器执行控制以呈现所述引导。According to the fourth aspect of the present invention, if the first image and the image related to the device that cannot perform the cooperation function together with the first device are superimposed on each other, the controller performs control to present the guide.

根据本发明的第五方面,如果指定包括在第一图像中的部分图像,则所述控制器执行控制以呈现指示能够和与所述部分图像对应的功能一起执行所述协作功能的所述第二装置的所述引导。According to the fifth aspect of the present invention, if a partial image included in the first image is designated, the controller performs control to present the first image indicating that the cooperative function can be performed together with the function corresponding to the partial image. The guide of the two devices.

根据本发明的第六方面,作为呈现所述引导的控制,所述控制器执行控制以显示候选列表,该候选列表示出关于能够执行所述协作功能的一个或更多个第二装置的信息。According to the sixth aspect of the present invention, as the control for presenting the guidance, the controller performs control to display a candidate list showing information on one or more second apparatuses capable of performing the cooperative function .

根据本发明的第七方面,如果从候选列表上的所述一个或更多个第二装置当中指定第二装置,则所述控制器执行控制以显示关于使用所指定的第二装置的所述协作功能的信息。According to the seventh aspect of the present invention, if a second device is specified from among the one or more second devices on the candidate list, the controller performs control to display the information on using the specified second device Information on collaboration features.

根据本发明的第八方面,所述控制器执行控制以在根据所述第一装置和所述第二装置被指定的顺序改变所述协作功能的同时显示所述协作功能。According to the eighth aspect of the present invention, the controller performs control to display the cooperation function while changing the cooperation function according to the order in which the first device and the second device are designated.

根据本发明的第九方面,如果第一装置和第二装置被指定,则所述控制器进一步执行控制以呈现指示能够与所述第一装置和所述第二装置一起执行协作功能的第三装置的引导。According to the ninth aspect of the present invention, if the first device and the second device are designated, the controller further performs control to present a third device indicating that a cooperative function can be performed with the first device and the second device device guidance.

根据本发明的第十方面,所述控制器执行控制以在根据所述第一装置和所述第二装置被指定的顺序改变所述第三装置的同时呈现所述引导。According to the tenth aspect of the present invention, the controller performs control to present the guidance while changing the third device according to the order in which the first device and the second device are designated.

根据本发明的第十一方面,提供了一种包括控制器的信息处理设备。如果指定与执行协作功能所需的第一功能有关的第一图像,则所述控制器执行控制以呈现指示能够与第一功能一起执行所述协作功能的第二功能的引导。According to an eleventh aspect of the present invention, there is provided an information processing apparatus including a controller. If the first image related to the first function required to execute the cooperative function is specified, the controller performs control to present a guide indicating a second function capable of executing the cooperative function together with the first function.

根据本发明的第十二方面,如果进一步指定与不能与所述第一功能一起执行所述协作功能的功能有关的图像,则所述控制器执行控制以呈现所述引导.According to the twelfth aspect of the present invention, if an image related to a function that cannot perform the cooperation function together with the first function is further specified, the controller performs control to present the guidance.

根据本发明的第十三方面,如果执行将第一图像和与不能与所述第一功能一起执行所述协作功能的功能有关的图像彼此链接的操作,则所述控制器执行控制以呈现所述引导。According to the thirteenth aspect of the present invention, if an operation of linking a first image and an image related to a function that cannot perform the cooperation function together with the first function is performed to each other, the controller performs control to present all guide.

根据本发明的第十四方面,如果所述第一图像和与不能与所述第一功能一起执行所述协作功能的功能有关的图像彼此叠加,则所述控制器执行控制以呈现所述引导。According to the fourteenth aspect of the present invention, if the first image and the image related to the function that cannot perform the cooperative function together with the first function are superimposed on each other, the controller performs control to present the guide .

根据本发明的第十五方面,作为呈现所述引导的控制,所述控制器执行控制以显示候选列表,该候选列表示出关于能够执行所述协作功能的一个或更多个第二功能的信息。According to the fifteenth aspect of the present invention, as the control for presenting the guidance, the controller performs control to display a candidate list showing information on one or more second functions capable of executing the cooperative function information.

根据本发明的第十六方面,在候选列表中所述一个或更多个第二功能布置的顺序基于所述一个或更多个第二功能的过去使用记录来确定。According to the sixteenth aspect of the present invention, the order in which the one or more second functions are arranged in the candidate list is determined based on past usage records of the one or more second functions.

根据本发明的第十七方面,所述控制器执行控制以在根据所述第一功能和所述第二功能被指定的顺序改变所述协作功能的同时显示所述协作功能。According to the seventeenth aspect of the present invention, the controller performs control to display the cooperative function while changing the cooperative function according to the order in which the first function and the second function are specified.

根据本发明的第十八方面,如果所述第一功能和所述第二功能被指定,则所述控制器进一步执行控制以呈现指示能够与所述第一功能和所述第二功能一起执行协作功能的第三功能的引导。According to the eighteenth aspect of the present invention, if the first function and the second function are specified, the controller further performs control to present an indication that the first function and the second function can be performed together The bootstrap of the third function of the collaboration function.

根据本发明的第十九方面,所述控制器执行控制以在根据所述第一功能和所述第二功能被指定的顺序改变所述第三功能的同时呈现所述引导。According to the nineteenth aspect of the present invention, the controller performs control to present the guidance while changing the third function according to the order in which the first function and the second function are specified.

根据本发明的第二十方面,所述第一功能和所述第二功能被包括在预先注册的一组功能、一个或多个识别的装置的一组功能、显示在显示器上的一组功能、或者显示在显示器的画面的特定区域中的一组功能中。According to the twentieth aspect of the present invention, the first function and the second function are included in a pre-registered set of functions, a set of functions of one or more identified devices, a set of functions displayed on a display , or a set of functions displayed in a specific area of the screen of the display.

根据本发明的第二十一方面,提供了一种信息处理方法,该信息处理方法包括:如果指定与执行协作功能所需的第一装置有关的第一图像,则执行控制以呈现指示能够与所述第一装置一起执行所述协作功能的第二装置的引导。According to a twenty-first aspect of the present invention, there is provided an information processing method comprising: if a first image related to a first device required for performing a cooperation function is specified, performing control to present an indication that the instruction can be associated with The first device together performs the directing of the second device of the cooperative function.

根据本发明的第二十二方面,提供了一种信息处理方法,该信息处理方法包括:如果指定与执行协作功能所需的第一功能有关的第一图像,则执行控制以呈现指示能够与所述第一功能一起执行所述协作功能的第二功能的引导。According to a twenty-second aspect of the present invention, there is provided an information processing method comprising: if a first image related to a first function required for execution of a cooperative function is specified, performing control to present an indication that can interact with The first function together performs the directing of a second function of the cooperating function.

根据本发明的第一、第九和第二十一方面,在执行协作功能的情况下用户便利增加。According to the first, ninth, and twenty-first aspects of the present invention, user convenience is increased in the case of performing a cooperative function.

根据本发明的第二或第十二方面,可避免在始终呈现引导的情况下可能出现的复杂性。According to the second or twelfth aspect of the present invention, the complications that may arise if the guidance is always presented can be avoided.

根据本发明的第三或第十三方面,执行控制以通过链接图像的操作来呈现引导。According to the third or thirteenth aspect of the present invention, control is performed to present guidance through an operation of linking images.

根据本发明的第四或第十四方面,执行控制以通过叠加图像的操作来呈现引导。According to the fourth or fourteenth aspect of the present invention, control is performed to present guidance through an operation of superimposing images.

根据本发明的第五方面,执行控制以呈现指示能够与装置的特定功能一起执行协作功能的装置的引导。According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, control is performed to present a guide indicating a device capable of performing a cooperative function together with a specific function of the device.

根据本发明的第六或第七方面,呈现能够执行协作功能的装置的列表。According to the sixth or seventh aspect of the present invention, a list of apparatuses capable of performing the cooperation function is presented.

根据本发明的第八或第十七方面,执行控制以显示估计要使用的协作功能。According to the eighth or seventeenth aspect of the present invention, control is performed to display the cooperative function estimated to be used.

根据本发明的第十方面,执行控制以呈现指示估计要使用的装置的引导。According to a tenth aspect of the present invention, control is performed to present guidance indicating a device estimated to be used.

根据本发明的第十一、第十八、第二十或第二十二方面,在指定执行协作功能所需的功能的情况下,用户便利增加。According to the eleventh, eighteenth, twentieth or twenty-second aspect of the present invention, in the case of specifying a function required to execute the cooperative function, user convenience is increased.

根据本发明的第十五方面,呈现能够执行协作功能的功能的列表。According to the fifteenth aspect of the present invention, a list of functions capable of executing the cooperative function is presented.

根据本发明的第十六方面,掌握各个装置的相对使用的记录变得容易。According to the sixteenth aspect of the present invention, it becomes easy to grasp the records of the relative use of the respective devices.

根据本发明的第十九方面,执行控制以呈现指示估计要使用的功能的引导。According to the nineteenth aspect of the present invention, control is performed to present guidance indicating a function estimated to be used.

附图说明Description of drawings

将基于以下附图详细描述本发明的示例性实施方式,附图中:Exemplary embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail based on the following drawings, in which:

图1是示出根据本发明的示例性实施方式的装置系统的框图;1 is a block diagram illustrating an apparatus system according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention;

图2是示出根据示例性实施方式的图像形成设备的框图;FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating an image forming apparatus according to an exemplary embodiment;

图3是示出根据示例性实施方式的服务器的框图;3 is a block diagram illustrating a server according to an exemplary embodiment;

图4是示出根据示例性实施方式的终端设备的框图;4 is a block diagram illustrating a terminal device according to an exemplary embodiment;

图5是示出图像形成设备的外观的示意图;5 is a schematic diagram showing the appearance of the image forming apparatus;

图6是示出装置功能管理表的示例的图;6 is a diagram showing an example of a device function management table;

图7是示出协作功能管理表的示例的图;7 is a diagram showing an example of a cooperation function management table;

图8是示出单独使用的装置的图;Figure 8 is a diagram showing the device used alone;

图9是示出功能显示画面的示例的图;9 is a diagram showing an example of a function display screen;

图10是示出功能显示画面的示例的图;10 is a diagram showing an example of a function display screen;

图11是示出彼此协作的目标装置的图;11 is a diagram illustrating target devices cooperating with each other;

图12是示出功能显示画面的示例的图;12 is a diagram showing an example of a function display screen;

图13是示出连接处理的顺序图;13 is a sequence diagram showing connection processing;

图14A和图14B是示出装置显示画面的示例的图;14A and 14B are diagrams showing examples of device display screens;

图15是示出根据示例1的装置显示画面的示例的图;15 is a diagram showing an example of a device display screen according to Example 1;

图16是示出根据示例2的装置显示画面的示例的图;16 is a diagram showing an example of a device display screen according to Example 2;

图17是示出根据示例3的装置显示画面的示例的图;17 is a diagram showing an example of a device display screen according to Example 3;

图18是示出根据示例3的装置显示画面的示例的图;18 is a diagram showing an example of a device display screen according to Example 3;

图19是示出根据示例3的装置显示画面的示例的图;19 is a diagram showing an example of a device display screen according to Example 3;

图20是示出根据示例3的装置显示画面的示例的图;20 is a diagram showing an example of a device display screen according to Example 3;

图21是示出根据示例4的装置显示画面的示例的图;21 is a diagram showing an example of a device display screen according to Example 4;

图22是示出根据示例4的装置显示画面的示例的图;22 is a diagram showing an example of a device display screen according to Example 4;

图23是示出根据示例5的装置显示画面的示例的图;23 is a diagram showing an example of a device display screen according to Example 5;

图24是示出根据示例5的装置显示画面的示例的图;24 is a diagram showing an example of a device display screen according to Example 5;

图25是示出根据示例5的画面的示例的图;25 is a diagram showing an example of a screen according to Example 5;

图26是示出根据示例6的装置选择画面的示例的图;26 is a diagram showing an example of a device selection screen according to Example 6;

图27是示出根据示例7的装置选择画面的示例的图;27 is a diagram showing an example of a device selection screen according to Example 7;

图28是示出根据示例7的装置选择画面的示例的图;28 is a diagram showing an example of a device selection screen according to Example 7;

图29是示出根据示例7的功能选择画面的示例的图;29 is a diagram showing an example of a function selection screen according to Example 7;

图30是示出根据示例7的画面的示例的图;30 is a diagram showing an example of a screen according to Example 7;

图31是示出根据示例7的消息的示例的图;31 is a diagram illustrating an example of a message according to Example 7;

图32是示出根据示例7的消息的示例的图;32 is a diagram illustrating an example of a message according to Example 7;

图33是示出根据示例8的装置选择画面的示例的图;33 is a diagram showing an example of a device selection screen according to Example 8;

图34是示出根据示例8的装置选择画面的示例的图;34 is a diagram showing an example of a device selection screen according to Example 8;

图35是示出根据示例8的画面的示例的图;35 is a diagram showing an example of a screen according to Example 8;

图36是示出协作功能管理表的示例的图;36 is a diagram showing an example of a cooperation function management table;

图37A和图37B分别是示出装置显示画面的示例和功能显示画面的示例的图;37A and 37B are diagrams showing an example of a device display screen and an example of a function display screen, respectively;

图38A和图38B分别是示出装置显示画面的示例和功能显示画面的示例的图;38A and 38B are diagrams showing an example of a device display screen and an example of a function display screen, respectively;

图39是示出装置功能管理表的示例的图;39 is a diagram showing an example of a device function management table;

图40A和图40B分别是示出装置显示画面的示例和功能显示画面的示例的图;40A and 40B are diagrams showing an example of a device display screen and an example of a function display screen, respectively;

图41是示出装置功能管理表的示例的图;41 is a diagram showing an example of a device function management table;

图42是示出协作功能管理表的示例的图;42 is a diagram showing an example of a cooperation function management table;

图43A、图43B和图43C是示出显示在终端设备上的画面的示例的图;43A, 43B, and 43C are diagrams showing examples of screens displayed on the terminal device;

图44A和图44B是示出显示在终端设备上的画面的示例的图;以及44A and 44B are diagrams showing examples of screens displayed on the terminal device; and

图45A和图45B是示出显示在终端设备上的画面的示例的图。45A and 45B are diagrams showing examples of screens displayed on the terminal device.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

将参照图1描述用作根据本发明的示例性实施方式的信息处理系统的装置系统。图1示出根据示例性实施方式的装置系统的示例。An apparatus system serving as an information processing system according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 1 . FIG. 1 shows an example of a device system according to an exemplary embodiment.

根据示例性实施方式的装置系统包括多个装置(例如,装置10和12)、作为外部设备的示例的服务器14以及作为信息处理设备的示例的终端设备16。装置10和12、服务器14以及终端设备16具有通过诸如网络的通信路径N彼此通信的功能。当然,装置10和12、服务器14以及终端设备16可通过不同的通信路径与另一设备通信。在图1所示的示例中,装置系统中包括两个装置(装置10和12)。装置系统中可包括三个或更多个装置。此外,装置系统中可包括多个服务器14和多个终端设备16。The apparatus system according to the exemplary embodiment includes a plurality of apparatuses (eg, apparatuses 10 and 12 ), a server 14 which is an example of an external apparatus, and a terminal apparatus 16 which is an example of an information processing apparatus. The apparatuses 10 and 12, the server 14, and the terminal device 16 have a function of communicating with each other through a communication path N such as a network. Of course, the apparatuses 10 and 12, the server 14, and the terminal device 16 may communicate with another device through different communication paths. In the example shown in Figure 1, two devices (devices 10 and 12) are included in the device system. Three or more devices may be included in a device system. In addition, a plurality of servers 14 and a plurality of terminal devices 16 may be included in the apparatus system.

装置10和12是具有特定功能的设备并且可以是例如具有图像形成功能的图像形成设备、个人计算机(PC)、投影仪、诸如液晶显示器或投影仪的显示设备、电话、时钟、监视相机等。装置10和12具有向另一设备发送数据以及从其接收数据的功能。在示例性实施方式中,例如,假设装置10是图像形成设备。图像形成设备(装置10)是具有扫描功能、打印功能、复印功能和传真功能中的至少一个的设备。The apparatuses 10 and 12 are devices having a specific function and may be, for example, an image forming device having an image forming function, a personal computer (PC), a projector, a display device such as a liquid crystal display or a projector, a telephone, a clock, a surveillance camera, and the like. The apparatuses 10 and 12 have functions to transmit and receive data to and from another device. In the exemplary embodiment, for example, it is assumed that the apparatus 10 is an image forming apparatus. The image forming apparatus (apparatus 10 ) is an apparatus having at least one of a scan function, a print function, a copy function, and a facsimile function.

服务器14是管理各个装置的功能的设备。例如,服务器14管理各个装置的功能、使用多个功能的协作功能等。服务器14还具有向另一设备发送数据以及从其接收数据的功能。The server 14 is a device that manages the functions of each device. For example, the server 14 manages the function of each device, a cooperative function using a plurality of functions, and the like. The server 14 also has the function of sending data to and receiving data from another device.

服务器14可针对各个用户管理该用户可用的一个或更多个功能。例如,用户可用的功能是无偿提供给用户的功能或者有偿提供给用户并由用户购买的功能。服务器14可针对各个用户管理表示该用户可用的一个或更多个功能的可用功能信息(例如,功能购买历史信息)。当然,服务器14未必根据是否已经购买功能来管理功能,因为存在免费功能、附加更新功能以及由管理员管理的特殊功能。功能购买处理由例如服务器14执行。当然,功能购买处理可由另一设备执行。Server 14 may manage, for each user, one or more functions available to that user. For example, the function available to the user is a function provided to the user for free or a function provided to the user for a fee and purchased by the user. The server 14 may manage, for each user, available function information (eg, function purchase history information) representing one or more functions available to the user. Of course, the server 14 does not necessarily manage functions according to whether the functions have been purchased, since there are free functions, additional update functions, and special functions managed by the administrator. The function purchase process is performed by, for example, the server 14 . Of course, the function purchase process may be performed by another device.

终端设备16是诸如PC、平板PC、智能电话或移动电话的设备,并且具有向另一设备发送数据以及从其接收数据的功能。当使用装置时,终端设备16用作例如用户接口单元(UI单元)。The terminal device 16 is a device such as a PC, a tablet PC, a smart phone, or a mobile phone, and has a function of transmitting and receiving data to and from another device. When the apparatus is used, the terminal device 16 serves as, for example, a user interface unit (UI unit).

在根据示例性实施方式的装置系统中,如果指定与第一装置有关的第一图像,则执行控制以呈现指示能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能的第二装置的引导。另选地,如果指定与第一功能有关的第一图像,可执行控制以呈现指示能够与第一功能一起执行协作功能的第二功能的引导。In the device system according to the exemplary embodiment, if the first image related to the first device is designated, control is performed to present a guide indicating a second device capable of performing a cooperative function together with the first device. Alternatively, if the first image related to the first function is specified, control may be performed to present guidance indicating a second function capable of performing the cooperative function together with the first function.

以下,将详细描述包括在根据示例性实施方式的装置系统中的各个设备。Hereinafter, each device included in the apparatus system according to the exemplary embodiment will be described in detail.

将参照图2详细描述作为图像形成设备的装置10的配置。以下,装置10可被称为图像形成设备10。图2示出图像形成设备10的配置。The configuration of the apparatus 10 as an image forming apparatus will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 2 . Hereinafter, the apparatus 10 may be referred to as an image forming apparatus 10 . FIG. 2 shows the configuration of the image forming apparatus 10 .

通信单元18是通信接口,并且具有向另一设备发送数据的功能以及从另一设备接收数据的功能。通信单元18可以是具有无线通信功能的通信接口,或者可以是具有有线通信功能的通信接口。The communication unit 18 is a communication interface, and has a function of transmitting data to and receiving data from another device. The communication unit 18 may be a communication interface having a wireless communication function, or may be a communication interface having a wired communication function.

图像形成单元20具有图像形成功能。具体地,图像形成单元20具有扫描功能、打印功能、复印功能和传真功能中的至少一个。当执行扫描功能时,读取文档并且生成扫描数据(图像数据)。当执行打印功能时,在诸如纸张的记录介质上打印图像。当执行复印功能时,文档被读取并打印在记录介质上。当执行传真功能时,通过传真来发送或接收图像数据。另外,可执行使用多个功能的协作功能。例如,可执行作为扫描功能和传输(传送)功能的组合的扫描并传送功能。当执行扫描并传送功能时,读取文档,生成扫描数据(图像数据),并且将扫描数据发送至目的地(例如,诸如终端设备16的外部设备)。当然,此协作功能仅是示例,可执行另一协作功能。The image forming unit 20 has an image forming function. Specifically, the image forming unit 20 has at least one of a scan function, a print function, a copy function, and a facsimile function. When the scan function is performed, the document is read and scan data (image data) is generated. When the print function is executed, an image is printed on a recording medium such as paper. When the copy function is performed, the document is read and printed on the recording medium. When the facsimile function is executed, image data is sent or received by facsimile. In addition, a cooperative function using a plurality of functions can be performed. For example, a scan-and-transfer function that is a combination of a scan function and a transfer (transfer) function can be performed. When the scan and transfer function is performed, a document is read, scan data (image data) is generated, and the scan data is transmitted to a destination (for example, an external device such as the terminal device 16). Of course, this collaboration function is just an example, and another collaboration function can be performed.

存储器22是诸如硬盘或存储器(例如,固态驱动器(SSD)等)的存储设备。存储器22存储例如表示图像形成指令的信息(例如,作业信息)、待打印的图像数据、通过执行扫描功能而生成的扫描数据、表示另一装置的地址的装置地址信息、表示服务器14的地址的服务器地址信息、各种控制数据以及各种程序。当然,这些信息和数据可被存储在不同的存储设备中或一个存储设备中。The memory 22 is a storage device such as a hard disk or a memory (eg, a solid state drive (SSD), etc.). The memory 22 stores, for example, information representing an image forming instruction (for example, job information), image data to be printed, scan data generated by executing a scan function, device address information representing the address of another device, data representing the address of the server 14 . Server address information, various control data, and various programs. Of course, these information and data may be stored in different storage devices or in one storage device.

UI单元24是用户接口单元,并且包括显示器和操作单元。显示器是诸如液晶显示器的显示设备。操作单元是诸如触摸屏或键盘的输入设备。当然,可使用充当显示器和操作单元二者的用户接口(例如,触摸显示器或者包括以电子方式显示键盘等的显示器的设备)。图像形成设备10未必包括UI单元24,可包括充当硬件的硬件用户接口单元(硬件UI单元)而非显示器。例如,硬件UI单元是专用于输入数字的硬件键区(例如,数字键区)或者专用于指示方向的硬件键区(例如,方向指示键区)。The UI unit 24 is a user interface unit, and includes a display and an operation unit. The display is a display device such as a liquid crystal display. The operating unit is an input device such as a touch screen or a keyboard. Of course, a user interface (eg, a touch display or a device including a display that electronically displays a keyboard or the like) may be used that serves as both a display and an operating unit. The image forming apparatus 10 does not necessarily include the UI unit 24, and may include a hardware user interface unit (hardware UI unit) functioning as hardware instead of a display. For example, the hardware UI unit is a hardware keypad dedicated to entering numbers (eg, a numeric keypad) or a hardware keypad dedicated to indicating directions (eg, a direction indicating keypad).

控制器26控制图像形成设备10的各个单元的操作。The controller 26 controls the operations of the respective units of the image forming apparatus 10 .

以下,将参照图3详细描述服务器14的配置。图3示出服务器14的配置。Hereinafter, the configuration of the server 14 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 3 . FIG. 3 shows the configuration of the server 14 .

通信单元28是通信接口,并且具有向另一设备发送数据的功能以及从另一设备接收数据的功能。通信单元28可以是具有无线通信功能的通信接口,或者可以是具有有线通信功能的通信接口。The communication unit 28 is a communication interface, and has a function of transmitting data to and receiving data from another device. The communication unit 28 may be a communication interface having a wireless communication function, or may be a communication interface having a wired communication function.

存储器30是诸如硬盘或存储器(例如,SSD等)的存储设备。存储器30存储例如装置功能管理信息32、协作功能管理信息34、各种数据、各种程序、表示各个装置的地址的装置地址信息以及表示服务器14的地址的服务器地址信息。当然,这些信息和数据可被存储在不同的存储设备中或一个存储设备中。存储在存储器30中的装置功能管理信息32和协作功能管理信息34可周期性地或者按照指定定时提供给终端设备16,并且因此,存储在终端设备16中的信息可被更新。以下,将描述装置功能管理信息32和协作功能管理信息34。The memory 30 is a storage device such as a hard disk or a memory (eg, SSD, etc.). The memory 30 stores, for example, device function management information 32 , cooperation function management information 34 , various data, various programs, device address information indicating the address of each device, and server address information indicating the address of the server 14 . Of course, these information and data may be stored in different storage devices or in one storage device. The device function management information 32 and the cooperative function management information 34 stored in the memory 30 may be provided to the terminal device 16 periodically or at a designated timing, and thus, the information stored in the terminal device 16 may be updated. Hereinafter, the device function management information 32 and the cooperation function management information 34 will be described.

装置功能管理信息32是用于管理各个装置的功能的信息,并且例如是表示用于识别装置的装置识别信息与表示该装置的一个或更多个功能的一条或更多条功能信息之间的对应关系的信息。装置识别信息包括例如装置ID、装置名称、表示装置的类型的信息、装置的型号、表示装置的位置的信息(装置位置信息)以及表示装置的外观的外观图像。功能信息包括例如功能ID和功能名称。例如,如果图像形成设备10具有扫描功能、打印功能、复印功能以及扫描并传送功能,则图像形成设备10的装置识别信息与表示扫描功能的功能信息、表示打印功能的功能信息、表示复印功能的功能信息以及表示扫描并传送功能的功能信息关联。通过参考装置功能管理信息32来确定(识别)各个装置的功能,The device function management information 32 is information for managing the function of each device, and is, for example, between device identification information for identifying the device and one or more pieces of function information indicating one or more functions of the device Correspondence information. The device identification information includes, for example, a device ID, a device name, information indicating the type of the device, the model of the device, information indicating the location of the device (device location information), and an appearance image indicating the appearance of the device. The function information includes, for example, a function ID and a function name. For example, if the image forming apparatus 10 has a scan function, a print function, a copy function, and a scan and transfer function, the device identification information of the image forming apparatus 10 and the function information indicating the scan function, the function information indicating the print function, the The function information is associated with the function information representing the scan-and-delivery function. By referring to the device function management information 32 to determine (identify) the function of each device,

例如,通过装置功能管理信息32管理的装置是包括在装置系统中的装置(例如,装置10和12)。当然,未包括在装置系统中的装置也可通过装置功能管理信息32来管理。例如,服务器14可获得关于装置系统中未包括的新装置的信息(包括装置识别信息和功能信息的信息)并且可将该信息新注册在装置功能管理信息32中。关于装置的信息可利用互联网等来获得,或者可由管理员等输入。服务器14可按照某一定时、周期性地、或者按照管理员等指定的定时来更新装置功能管理信息32。因此,表示更新前装置没有并且更新后装置有的功能的功能信息可被注册在装置功能管理信息32中。此外,表示更新前装置有并且更新后装置没有的功能的功能信息可从装置功能管理信息32删除,并且可被注册为不可用信息。用于更新的信息可利用互联网等获得,或者可由管理员等输入。For example, the devices managed by the device function management information 32 are devices (eg, devices 10 and 12 ) included in the device system. Of course, devices not included in the device system can also be managed by the device function management information 32 . For example, the server 14 may obtain information on a new device not included in the device system (information including device identification information and function information) and may newly register the information in the device function management information 32 . The information on the device may be obtained using the Internet or the like, or may be input by an administrator or the like. The server 14 may update the device function management information 32 at a certain timing, periodically, or at a timing designated by an administrator or the like. Therefore, function information indicating functions that the device before the update does not have and the device has after the update can be registered in the device function management information 32 . In addition, function information indicating functions that the device has before updating and which the device does not have after updating may be deleted from the device function management information 32 and may be registered as unavailable information. Information for updating may be obtained using the Internet or the like, or may be input by an administrator or the like.

协作功能管理信息34是用于管理协作功能的信息,各个协作功能通过多个功能之间的协作来执行。通过多个功能之间的协作来执行一个或多个协作功能。各个协作功能可通过一个装置(例如,装置10或12)的多个功能之间的协作来执行,或者可通过多个装置(例如,装置10和12)的多个功能之间的协作来执行。提供操作指令的终端设备(在示例性实施方式中,终端设备16)可包括在要识别的装置中,并且终端设备的功能可用作协作功能的一部分。The cooperation function management information 34 is information for managing the cooperation functions, each of which is executed by cooperation among a plurality of functions. One or more collaborative functions are performed through cooperation between multiple functions. The various cooperative functions may be performed by cooperation between multiple functions of one device (eg, device 10 or 12 ), or may be performed by cooperation between multiple functions of multiple devices (eg, devices 10 and 12 ) . A terminal device (in an exemplary embodiment, terminal device 16 ) that provides the operation instructions may be included in the apparatus to be identified, and the function of the terminal device may be used as part of the collaborative function.

协作功能可以是在不使用硬件装置的情况下执行的功能。例如,协作功能可以是通过多个软件单元之间的协作执行的功能。当然,协作功能可以是通过硬件装置的功能与通过软件实现的功能之间的协作执行的功能。Collaborative functions may be functions that are performed without the use of hardware devices. For example, a collaborative function may be a function performed through cooperation between multiple software elements. Of course, the cooperative function may be a function performed by cooperation between a function of a hardware device and a function realized by software.

例如,协作功能管理信息34是这样的信息,其表示:表示协作功能中所使用的各个功能的功能信息的组合与表示协作功能的协作功能信息之间的对应关系。例如,协作功能信息包括协作功能ID和协作功能名称。如果单个功能被更新,则协作功能管理信息34也根据该更新而更新。因此,使用更新前彼此无法协作的多个功能的协作功能在更新后可能变得可用,或者在更新前可用的协作功能在更新后可能变得不可用。表示更新后变得可用的协作功能的协作功能信息被注册在协作功能管理信息34中,并且表示更新后变得不可用的协作功能的协作功能信息从协作功能管理信息34删除或者被注册为不可用信息。For example, the cooperation function management information 34 is information that represents the correspondence between the combination of function information representing each function used in the cooperation function and the cooperation function information representing the cooperation function. For example, the collaboration function information includes a collaboration function ID and a collaboration function name. If a single function is updated, the cooperative function management information 34 is also updated according to the update. Therefore, cooperation functions using a plurality of functions that cannot cooperate with each other before the update may become available after the update, or cooperation functions that were available before the update may become unavailable after the update. The collaboration function information indicating the collaboration function that becomes available after the update is registered in the collaboration function management information 34, and the collaboration function information indicating the collaboration function that becomes unavailable after the update is deleted from the collaboration function management information 34 or registered as unavailable. use information.

在使得多个装置彼此协作的情况下,协作功能管理信息34是用于管理使用所述多个装置的多个功能的一个或更多个协作功能的信息,并且是表示识别用于所述一个或更多个协作功能的各个装置的装置识别信息的组合与协作功能信息的对应关系的信息。如果装置功能管理信息32被更新,则协作功能管理信息34也根据该更新而更新。因此,使用在更新前无法彼此协作的多个装置的协作功能可能变得可用,或者在更新前可用的协作功能在更新后可能变得不可用。In the case of causing a plurality of apparatuses to cooperate with each other, the cooperative function management information 34 is information for managing one or more cooperative functions that use the plurality of functions of the plurality of apparatuses, and is information indicating identification for the one Information on the correspondence between the combination of the device identification information of each device of the cooperation function or the cooperation function information. If the device function management information 32 is updated, the cooperation function management information 34 is also updated according to the update. Therefore, a cooperation function using a plurality of devices that cannot cooperate with each other before the update may become available, or the cooperation function available before the update may become unavailable after the update.

协作功能可以是通过多个不同功能之间的协作执行的功能,或者可以是通过相同功能之间的协作执行的功能。协作功能可以是在不协作的情况下不可用的功能。在不协作的情况下不可用的功能可以是通过将彼此协作的目标装置的功能当中的相同功能组合而变得可用的功能,或者通过将彼此协作的目标装置的功能当中的不同功能组合而变得可用的功能。例如,具有打印功能的装置(打印机)与具有扫描功能(扫描仪)的装置之间的协作实现复印功能作为协作功能。即,打印功能与扫描功能之间的协作实现复印功能。在这种情况下,作为协作功能的复印功能与打印功能和扫描功能的组合关联。在协作功能管理信息34中,例如,表示作为协作功能的复印功能的协作功能信息与用于识别具有打印功能的装置的装置识别信息和用于识别具有扫描功能的装置的装置识别信息的组合关联。The cooperative function may be a function performed by cooperation between a plurality of different functions, or may be a function performed by cooperation between the same functions. Collaborative functions may be functions that are not available without collaboration. A function that is unavailable without cooperation may be a function that becomes available by combining the same function among the functions of the target device that cooperate with each other, or a function that becomes available by combining different functions among the functions of the target device that cooperate with each other available functions. For example, cooperation between a device having a printing function (printer) and a device having a scanning function (scanner) realizes a copy function as a cooperation function. That is, the cooperation between the print function and the scan function realizes the copy function. In this case, the copy function as the cooperative function is associated with the combination of the print function and the scan function. In the cooperation function management information 34, for example, cooperation function information indicating a copy function as a cooperation function is associated with a combination of device identification information for identifying a device with a print function and device identification information for identifying a device with a scan function .

存储器30可存储可用功能管理信息。可用功能管理信息是用于管理各个用户可用的一个或更多个功能的信息,并且例如是表示用于识别用户的用户识别信息与表示该用户可用的一个或更多个功能的一条或更多条功能信息(可包括协作功能信息)之间的对应关系的信息。如上所述,例如,用户可用的功能是无偿提供给用户的功能或者用户所购买的功能,并且可以是单个功能或协作功能。例如,用户识别信息是诸如用户ID和用户名的用户账户信息。通过参考可用功能管理信息来确定(识别)各个用户可用的功能。每次向用户提供功能时(例如,每次有偿或无偿地向用户提供功能时),可用功能管理信息被更新。The memory 30 may store available function management information. The available function management information is information for managing one or more functions available to each user, and is, for example, user identification information for identifying a user and one or more functions representing one or more functions available to the user Correspondence information between pieces of function information (which may include collaboration function information). As described above, for example, the functions available to the user are the functions provided to the user for free or the functions purchased by the user, and may be a single function or a cooperative function. For example, the user identification information is user account information such as user ID and user name. The functions available to each user are determined (identified) by referring to the available function management information. The available function management information is updated every time a function is provided to a user (eg, every time a function is provided to a user for a fee or for free).

控制器36控制服务器14的各个单元的操作。控制器36包括确定单元38。The controller 36 controls the operation of the various elements of the server 14 . The controller 36 includes a determination unit 38 .

确定单元38接收用于识别装置的装置识别信息并且在存储在存储器30中的装置功能管理信息32中确定与该装置识别信息关联的表示一个或更多个功能的一条或更多条功能信息。因此,确定(识别)装置的一个或更多个功能。例如,从终端设备16向服务器14发送装置识别信息,然后,确定单元38确定与该装置识别信息关联的表示一个或更多个功能的一条或更多条功能信息。例如,关于所述一个或更多个功能的信息(例如,功能信息和功能说明信息)从服务器14发送至终端设备16并被显示在终端设备16上。因此,关于通过装置识别信息确定的装置的一个或更多个功能的信息被显示在终端设备16上。The determination unit 38 receives device identification information for identifying a device and determines one or more pieces of function information representing one or more functions associated with the device identification information in the device function management information 32 stored in the memory 30 . Thus, one or more functions of the device are determined (identified). For example, device identification information is transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the server 14, and then the determination unit 38 determines one or more pieces of function information representing one or more functions associated with the device identification information. For example, information about the one or more functions (eg, function information and function specification information) is transmitted from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 and displayed on the terminal device 16 . Accordingly, information on one or more functions of the device determined by the device identification information is displayed on the terminal device 16 .

此外,确定单元38接收用于识别彼此协作的目标装置的多条装置识别信息,并且在存储在存储器30中的协作功能管理信息34中确定与所述多条装置识别信息的组合关联的表示一个或更多个协作功能的一条或更多条协作功能信息。因此,确定(识别)通过彼此协作的目标装置的功能之间的协作执行的一个或更多个协作功能。例如,从终端设备16向服务器14发送多条装置识别信息,然后,确定单元38确定与所述多条装置识别信息关联的表示一个或更多个协作功能的一条或更多条协作功能信息。例如,关于所述一个或更多个协作功能的信息(例如,协作功能信息和协作功能说明信息)从服务器14发送至终端设备16并被显示在终端设备16上。因此,关于由通过所述多条装置识别信息确定的多个装置执行的一个或更多个协作功能的信息被显示在终端设备16上。Further, the determination unit 38 receives a plurality of pieces of device identification information for identifying target devices that cooperate with each other, and determines, among the cooperative function management information 34 stored in the memory 30, a representation that is associated with a combination of the plurality of pieces of device identification information. One or more pieces of collaboration function information for one or more collaboration functions. Thus, one or more cooperative functions performed through the cooperation between the functions of the target device cooperating with each other are determined (identified). For example, pieces of device identification information are sent from the terminal device 16 to the server 14, and then the determination unit 38 determines one or more pieces of cooperation function information representing one or more cooperation functions associated with the pieces of device identification information. For example, information on the one or more cooperative functions (eg, cooperative function information and cooperative function specification information) is transmitted from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 and displayed on the terminal device 16 . Accordingly, information on one or more cooperative functions performed by the plurality of devices determined by the plurality of pieces of device identification information is displayed on the terminal device 16 .

例如,如果一个装置被识别(例如,如果一个装置被拍摄),则确定单元38可接收用于识别该装置的装置识别信息,并且可在装置功能管理信息32中确定与该装置识别信息关联的表示一个或更多个功能的一条或更多条功能信息。因此,如果一个装置被识别(例如,如果一个装置被拍摄),则确定(识别)该装置的一个或更多个功能。如果多个装置被识别(例如,如果多个装置被拍摄),则确定单元38可接收用于识别所述多个装置中所包括的各个装置的多条装置识别信息,并且可在协作功能管理信息34中确定与所述多条装置识别信息的组合关联的表示一个或更多个协作功能的一条或更多条协作功能信息。因此,如果多个装置被识别(例如,如果多个装置被拍摄),则确定(识别)使用所述多个装置的功能的一个或更多个协作功能。For example, if a device is identified (eg, if a device is photographed), the determination unit 38 may receive device identification information for identifying the device, and may determine in the device function management information 32 the device identification information associated with the device One or more pieces of feature information representing one or more features. Thus, if a device is identified (eg, if a device is photographed), one or more functions of the device are determined (identified). If a plurality of devices are identified (for example, if a plurality of devices are photographed), the determination unit 38 may receive a plurality of pieces of device identification information for identifying respective devices included in the plurality of devices, and may manage in the cooperation function One or more pieces of cooperative function information representing one or more cooperative functions associated with the combination of the plurality of pieces of device identification information are determined in the information 34 . Thus, if multiple devices are identified (eg, if multiple devices are photographed), one or more cooperative functions using the functions of the multiple devices are determined (identified).

确定单元38可接收表示协作功能中所使用的各个功能的多条功能信息,并且可在存储在存储器30中的协作功能管理信息34中确定与所述多条功能信息的组合关联的表示一个或更多个协作功能的一条或更多条协作功能信息。因此,确定(识别)通过目标功能之间的协作执行的一个或更多个协作功能。例如,从终端设备16向服务器14发送多条功能信息,然后,确定单元38确定与所述多条功能信息关联的表示一个或更多个协作功能的一条或更多条协作功能信息。按照与上述方式相似的方式,关于由通过所述多条功能信息确定的多个功能执行的一个或更多个协作功能的信息被显示在终端设备16上。The determination unit 38 may receive a plurality of pieces of function information representing respective functions used in the cooperative function, and may determine, in the cooperative function management information 34 stored in the memory 30, a piece of function information representing one or more associated with the combination of the plurality of pieces of function information. One or more pieces of collaboration function information for more collaboration functions. Thus, one or more cooperative functions performed through the cooperation between the target functions are determined (identified). For example, a plurality of pieces of function information are transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the server 14, and then the determination unit 38 determines one or more pieces of cooperation function information representing one or more cooperation functions associated with the pieces of function information. In a manner similar to that described above, information on one or more cooperative functions performed by the plurality of functions determined by the plurality of pieces of function information is displayed on the terminal device 16 .

如果管理用户可用的功能,则确定单元38可接收用于识别用户的用户识别信息,并且可在存储在存储器30中的可用功能管理信息中确定与该用户识别信息关联的表示各个功能的功能信息。因此,确定(识别)用户可用的一组功能。例如,从终端设备16向服务器14发送用户识别信息,并且由确定单元38确定与该用户识别信息关联的表示各个功能的功能信息。例如,关于用户可用的各个功能的信息(例如,表示各个功能的名称的信息)从服务器14发送至终端设备16并被显示在终端设备16上。因此,关于通过用户识别信息确定的用户可用的各个功能的信息被显示在终端设备16上。例如,确定单元38接收装置识别信息和用户识别信息,在装置功能管理信息32中确定与该装置识别信息关联的表示一个或更多个功能的一条或更多条功能信息,并且还在可用功能管理信息中确定与该用户识别信息关联的表示一个或更多个功能的一条或更多条功能信息。因此,确定通过装置识别信息确定的装置所具有的并且对通过用户识别信息确定的用户可用的一个或更多个功能。If functions available to the user are managed, the determination unit 38 may receive user identification information for identifying the user, and may determine function information representing respective functions associated with the user identification information among the available function management information stored in the memory 30 . Thus, a set of functions available to the user is determined (identified). For example, the user identification information is transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the server 14, and the function information representing each function associated with the user identification information is determined by the determination unit 38. For example, information on the respective functions available to the user (eg, information indicating the names of the respective functions) is transmitted from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 and displayed on the terminal device 16 . Therefore, information on the respective functions available to the user determined by the user identification information is displayed on the terminal device 16 . For example, the determination unit 38 receives the device identification information and the user identification information, determines in the device function management information 32 one or more pieces of function information representing one or more functions associated with the device identification information, and also available functions One or more pieces of function information representing one or more functions associated with the user identification information are determined in the management information. Accordingly, one or more functions that the device identified by the device identification information has and are available to the user identified by the user identification information are determined.

控制器36可执行功能购买处理并且可管理购买历史。例如,如果用户购买付费功能,则控制器36可对用户应用收费处理。The controller 36 may perform function purchase processing and may manage purchase history. For example, if the user purchases a paid feature, the controller 36 may apply a charging process to the user.

控制器36可执行与图像处理有关的功能,例如字符识别功能、翻译功能、图像处理功能和图像形成功能。当然,控制器36可执行与图像处理以外的处理有关的功能。当执行字符识别功能时,识别图像中的字符并且生成表示字符的字符数据。当执行翻译功能时,将图像中的字符翻译成由特定语言表示的字符,并且生成表示翻译的字符的字符数据。当执行图像处理功能时,图像被处理。例如,控制器36可从图像形成设备10接收通过扫描功能的执行生成的扫描数据,并且可对扫描数据执行与图像处理有关的功能,诸如字符识别功能、翻译功能或图像处理功能。控制器36可从终端设备16接收图像数据并且对图像数据执行各个功能。例如,由控制器36生成的字符数据或图像数据从服务器14发送至终端设备16。服务器14可用作外部装置,并且协作功能可以是使用包括服务器14的多个装置的功能的功能。The controller 36 can perform functions related to image processing, such as a character recognition function, a translation function, an image processing function, and an image forming function. Of course, the controller 36 may perform functions related to processing other than image processing. When the character recognition function is performed, characters in the image are recognized and character data representing the characters are generated. When the translation function is executed, the characters in the image are translated into characters represented by a specific language, and character data representing the translated characters are generated. When performing image processing functions, images are processed. For example, the controller 36 may receive scan data generated by execution of the scan function from the image forming apparatus 10, and may perform an image processing-related function, such as a character recognition function, a translation function, or an image processing function, on the scan data. The controller 36 may receive image data from the terminal device 16 and perform various functions on the image data. For example, character data or image data generated by the controller 36 is transmitted from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 . The server 14 may be used as an external device, and the cooperative function may be a function using the functions of a plurality of devices including the server 14 .

以下,将参照图4详细描述终端设备16的配置。图4示出终端设备16的配置。Hereinafter, the configuration of the terminal device 16 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 4 . FIG. 4 shows the configuration of the terminal device 16 .

通信单元40是通信接口,并且具有向另一设备发送数据的功能以及从另一设备接收数据的功能。通信单元40可以是具有无线通信功能的通信接口,或者可以是具有有线通信功能的通信接口。The communication unit 40 is a communication interface, and has a function of transmitting data to and receiving data from another device. The communication unit 40 may be a communication interface having a wireless communication function, or may be a communication interface having a wired communication function.

充当拍摄单元的相机42拍摄对象,从而生成图像数据(例如,静止图像数据或运动图像数据)。另选地,代替使用终端设备16的相机42,由连接至诸如网络的通信路径的外部相机捕获的图像数据可由通信单元40接收,并且可被显示在UI单元46上,以使得该图像数据可由用户操作。The camera 42 serving as a photographing unit photographs a subject, thereby generating image data (eg, still image data or moving image data). Alternatively, instead of using the camera 42 of the terminal device 16, image data captured by an external camera connected to a communication path such as a network may be received by the communication unit 40, and may be displayed on the UI unit 46 so that the image data may be accessed by the communication unit 40. User action.

存储器44是诸如硬盘或存储器(例如,SSD等)的存储设备。存储器44存储各种程序、各种数据、服务器14的地址信息、各个装置的地址信息(例如,装置10和12的地址信息)、关于识别的装置的信息、关于识别的彼此协作的目标装置的信息、关于识别的装置的功能的信息以及关于协作功能的信息。The memory 44 is a storage device such as a hard disk or a memory (eg, SSD, etc.). The memory 44 stores various programs, various data, address information of the server 14, address information of the respective devices (eg, address information of the devices 10 and 12), information on the identified devices, information on the identified target devices that cooperate with each other. information, information about the function of the identified device, and information about the collaboration function.

UI单元46是用户接口单元,并且包括显示器和操作单元。显示器是诸如液晶显示器的显示设备。操作单元是诸如触摸屏、键盘或鼠标的输入设备。当然,可使用充当显示器和操作单元二者的用户接口(例如,触摸显示器或者包括以电子方式显示键盘等的显示器的设备)。The UI unit 46 is a user interface unit, and includes a display and an operation unit. The display is a display device such as a liquid crystal display. The operating unit is an input device such as a touch screen, a keyboard or a mouse. Of course, a user interface (eg, a touch display or a device including a display that electronically displays a keyboard or the like) can be used that serves as both a display and an operating unit.

控制器48控制终端设备16的各个单元的操作。控制器48用作例如显示控制器(控制器)并且使得UI单元46的显示器显示各种信息。The controller 48 controls the operation of the various units of the terminal device 16 . The controller 48 functions as, for example, a display controller (controller) and causes the display of the UI unit 46 to display various information.

UI单元46的显示器显示例如由相机42捕获的图像、与被识别为要使用的目标装置的装置(例如,单独使用的装置或协作的目标装置)有关的图像、与功能有关的图像等。与装置有关的图像可以是表示由相机42捕获的装置的图像(静止图像或运动图像),或者可以是示意性地表示装置的图像(例如,图标)。示意性地表示装置的图像的数据可被存储在服务器14中并从服务器14提供给终端设备16,可被预先存储在终端设备16中,或者可被存储在另一设备中并从所述另一设备提供给终端设备16。与功能有关的图像例如是表示功能的图标等的图像。The display of UI unit 46 displays, for example, images captured by camera 42 , images related to devices identified as target devices to be used (eg, single use devices or cooperating target devices), functions related images, and the like. The device-related image may be an image (still image or moving image) representing the device captured by the camera 42, or may be an image (eg, an icon) that schematically represents the device. The data schematically representing the image of the apparatus may be stored in the server 14 and provided to the terminal device 16 from the server 14, may be pre-stored in the terminal device 16, or may be stored in another device and retrieved from the other device. A device is provided to the terminal device 16 . The image related to the function is, for example, an image representing an icon or the like of the function.

上述装置功能管理信息32可被存储在终端设备16的存储器44中。在这种情况下,装置功能管理信息32未必被存储在服务器14的存储器30中。此外,上述协作功能管理信息34可被存储在终端设备16的存储器44中。在这种情况下,协作功能管理信息34未必被存储在服务器14的存储器30中。终端设备16的控制器48可包括上述确定单元38,其可通过基于装置识别信息识别装置来确定装置的一个或更多个功能并且可确定使用多个功能的一个或更多个协作功能。在这种情况下,服务器14未必包括确定单元38.The above-described device function management information 32 may be stored in the memory 44 of the terminal device 16 . In this case, the device function management information 32 is not necessarily stored in the memory 30 of the server 14 . Furthermore, the above-mentioned cooperation function management information 34 may be stored in the memory 44 of the terminal device 16 . In this case, the cooperative function management information 34 is not necessarily stored in the memory 30 of the server 14 . The controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may include the above-described determination unit 38, which may determine one or more functions of the device by identifying the device based on the device identification information and may determine one or more cooperative functions using the plurality of functions. In this case, the server 14 does not necessarily include the determination unit 38.

如果可用功能管理信息被创建,则可用功能管理信息可被存储在终端设备16的存储器44中。在这种情况下,可用功能管理信息未必被存储在服务器14的存储器30中。终端设备16的控制器48可管理用户的功能购买历史。在这种情况下,服务器14的控制器36未必具有用于其的管理功能。终端设备16的控制器48可基于用户识别信息来确定用户可用的一个或更多个功能。If the available function management information is created, the available function management information may be stored in the memory 44 of the terminal device 16 . In this case, the available function management information is not necessarily stored in the memory 30 of the server 14 . The controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may manage the user's feature purchase history. In this case, the controller 36 of the server 14 does not necessarily have a management function therefor. The controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may determine one or more functions available to the user based on the user identification information.

另选地,装置功能管理信息32和协作功能管理信息34可被存储在诸如装置10或12的装置中,并且诸如装置10或12的装置可包括确定单元38。即,通过服务器14的确定单元38的处理(例如,识别装置的处理、识别功能的功能、或者识别协作功能的处理)可在服务器14中执行,可在终端设备16中执行,或者可在诸如装置10或12的装置中执行。Alternatively, the device function management information 32 and the cooperation function management information 34 may be stored in a device such as the device 10 or 12 , and the device such as the device 10 or 12 may include the determination unit 38 . That is, the processing by the determination unit 38 of the server 14 (for example, the processing of identifying the device, the function of identifying the function, or the processing of identifying the cooperative function) may be executed in the server 14, may be executed in the terminal device 16, or may be executed in a system such as Executed in device 10 or device 12.

在示例性实施方式中,例如,应用增强现实(AR)技术以获得装置识别信息并识别装置。例如,应用AR技术以获得单独使用的装置的装置识别信息并识别该装置,并且还获得彼此协作的目标装置的装置识别信息并识别所述目标装置。使用根据现有技术的AR技术。例如,使用诸如二维条形码的标记的基于标记的AR技术、使用图像识别技术的无标记AR技术、使用位置信息的位置信息AR技术等被使用。当然,可获得装置识别信息并且可在不应用AR技术的情况下识别装置。例如,在连接至网络的装置的情况下,可基于其IP地址或者通过读取其装置ID来识别装置。另外,在具有基于红外通信、可见光通信、无线保真(Wi-Fi,注册商标)或Bluetooth(注册商标)的各种类型的无线通信功能的装置或终端设备的情况下,可通过获得其装置ID来识别利用无线通信功能彼此协作的装置,并且可执行协作功能。In an exemplary embodiment, for example, augmented reality (AR) technology is applied to obtain device identification information and identify the device. For example, the AR technology is applied to obtain device identification information of a device used alone and identify the device, and also obtain device identification information of a target device that cooperates with each other and identify the target device. Use AR technology according to the state of the art. For example, marker-based AR technology using a marker such as a two-dimensional barcode, markerless AR technology using image recognition technology, location information AR technology using location information, and the like are used. Of course, device identification information can be obtained and the device can be identified without applying AR technology. For example, in the case of a device connected to a network, the device can be identified based on its IP address or by reading its device ID. In addition, in the case of a device or terminal device having various types of wireless communication functions based on infrared communication, visible light communication, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi, registered trademark), or Bluetooth (registered trademark), the device can be obtained by obtaining The ID identifies devices that cooperate with each other using the wireless communication function, and can perform the cooperation function.

以下,将参照图5详细描述获得装置识别信息的处理。作为示例,将描述获得图像形成设备10的装置识别信息的情况。图5示意性地示出图像形成设备10的外观。这里,将描述通过应用基于标记的AR技术来获得装置识别信息的处理。图像形成设备10的外壳附着有诸如二维条形码的标记50。标记50是通过对图像形成设备10的装置识别信息进行编码而获得的信息。用户启动终端设备16的相机42并利用相机42拍摄附着到作为要使用的目标的图像形成设备10的标记50。因此,生成表示标记50的图像数据。例如,从终端设备16将图像数据发送至服务器14。在服务器14中,控制器36对图像数据所表示的标记图像执行解码处理,从而提取装置识别信息。因此,识别要使用的图像形成设备10(附着有拍摄的标记50的图像形成设备10)。服务器14的确定单元38在装置功能管理信息32中确定与所提取的装置识别信息关联的功能的功能信息。因此,确定(识别)要使用的图像形成设备10的功能。Hereinafter, the process of obtaining the device identification information will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 5 . As an example, the case of obtaining the device identification information of the image forming apparatus 10 will be described. FIG. 5 schematically shows the appearance of the image forming apparatus 10 . Here, a process of obtaining device identification information by applying the marker-based AR technology will be described. An indicia 50 such as a two-dimensional barcode is attached to the housing of the image forming apparatus 10 . The mark 50 is information obtained by encoding device identification information of the image forming apparatus 10 . The user activates the camera 42 of the terminal apparatus 16 and uses the camera 42 to photograph the mark 50 attached to the image forming apparatus 10 as the target to be used. Thus, image data representing the marker 50 is generated. For example, image data is sent from the terminal device 16 to the server 14 . In the server 14, the controller 36 performs decoding processing on the marker image represented by the image data, thereby extracting device identification information. Therefore, the image forming apparatus 10 to be used (the image forming apparatus 10 to which the photographed mark 50 is attached) is identified. The determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines the function information of the function associated with the extracted device identification information in the device function management information 32 . Therefore, the function of the image forming apparatus 10 to be used is determined (identified).

另选地,终端设备16的控制器48可对表示标记50的图像数据执行解码处理以提取装置识别信息。在这种情况下,从终端设备16将所提取的装置识别信息发送至服务器14。服务器14的确定单元38在装置功能管理信息32中确定表示与从终端设备16发送来的装置识别信息关联的功能的功能信息。如果装置功能管理信息32被存储在终端设备16的存储器44中,则终端设备16的控制器48可在装置功能管理信息32中确定表示与所提取的装置识别信息关联的功能的功能信息。Alternatively, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may perform decoding processing on the image data representing the marker 50 to extract device identification information. In this case, the extracted device identification information is transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the server 14 . The determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines, in the device function management information 32 , function information indicating the function associated with the device identification information transmitted from the terminal device 16 . If the device function management information 32 is stored in the memory 44 of the terminal device 16, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may determine, in the device function management information 32, function information representing the function associated with the extracted device identification information.

标记50可包括表示图像形成设备10的功能的编码的功能信息。在这种情况下,通过对表示标记50的图像数据执行解码处理,提取图像形成设备10的装置识别信息并且还提取表示图像形成设备10的功能的功能信息。因此,确定(识别)图像形成设备10并且还确定(识别)图像形成设备10的功能。解码处理可由服务器14或终端设备16执行。The mark 50 may include encoded function information representing the function of the image forming apparatus 10 . In this case, by performing decoding processing on the image data representing the marker 50 , device identification information of the image forming apparatus 10 is extracted and function information representing the functions of the image forming apparatus 10 is also extracted. Therefore, the image forming apparatus 10 is determined (identified) and the function of the image forming apparatus 10 is also determined (identified). The decoding process may be performed by the server 14 or the terminal device 16 .

在执行使用多个装置的功能的协作功能的情况下,拍摄彼此协作的目标装置的标记以获得装置的装置识别信息,从而确定(识别)协作功能。In the case of executing a cooperative function using the functions of a plurality of devices, the marks of target devices that cooperate with each other are photographed to obtain device identification information of the devices, thereby determining (identifying) the cooperative function.

在通过应用无标记AR技术来获得装置识别信息的情况下,例如,用户利用终端设备16的相机42拍摄要使用的装置(例如,图像形成设备10)的整个外部或部分外观。当然,通过拍摄装置的外观来获得诸如装置名称(例如,商品名)或型号的用于确定要使用的装置的信息是有用的。作为拍摄的结果,生成表示要使用的装置的整个外观或部分外观的外观图像数据。例如,从终端设备16将外观图像数据发送至服务器14。在服务器14中,控制器36基于外观图像数据来识别要使用的装置。例如,服务器14的存储器30针对各个装置存储外观图像对应信息,其表示:表示装置的整个外观或部分外观的外观图像数据与装置的装置识别信息之间的对应关系。控制器36例如将从终端设备16接收的外观图像数据与包括在外观图像对应信息中的各条外观图像数据进行比较,并且基于比较结果确定要使用的装置的装置识别信息。例如,控制器36从接收自终端设备16的外观图像数据提取要使用的装置的外观的特征,在包括在外观图像对应信息中的外观图像数据组中确定表示与该外观的特征相同或相似的特征的外观图像数据,并且确定与该外观图像数据关联的装置识别信息。因此,识别出要使用的装置(由相机42拍摄的装置)。又如,如果拍摄装置的名称(例如,商品名)或型号并且生成表示该名称或型号的外观图像数据,则可基于外观图像数据所表示的名称或型号来识别要使用的装置。服务器14的确定单元38在装置功能管理信息32中确定表示与所确定的装置识别信息关联的各个功能的功能信息。因此,确定要使用的装置(例如,图像形成设备10)的功能。In the case of obtaining the device identification information by applying the markerless AR technology, for example, the user photographs the entire exterior or partial appearance of the device to be used (eg, the image forming apparatus 10 ) with the camera 42 of the terminal device 16 . Of course, it is useful to obtain information for determining the device to be used, such as the device name (eg, trade name) or model, by photographing the appearance of the device. As a result of the photographing, appearance image data representing the entire appearance or part of the appearance of the device to be used is generated. For example, the appearance image data is transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the server 14 . In the server 14, the controller 36 identifies the device to be used based on the appearance image data. For example, the memory 30 of the server 14 stores appearance image correspondence information for each device, which represents the correspondence between the appearance image data representing the entire appearance or part of the appearance of the device and the device identification information of the device. The controller 36 compares, for example, the appearance image data received from the terminal device 16 with the respective pieces of appearance image data included in the appearance image correspondence information, and determines the device identification information of the device to be used based on the comparison result. For example, the controller 36 extracts the features of the appearance of the device to be used from the appearance image data received from the terminal device 16, and determines in the appearance image data group included in the appearance image correspondence information the features that represent the same or similar appearance as the appearance. appearance image data of the feature, and device identification information associated with the appearance image data is determined. Thus, the device to be used (the device photographed by the camera 42 ) is identified. As another example, if a name (eg, trade name) or model of a device is photographed and appearance image data representing the name or model is generated, the device to be used can be identified based on the name or model represented by the appearance image data. The determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines, in the device function management information 32, function information indicating each function associated with the determined device identification information. Therefore, the functions of the apparatus to be used (eg, the image forming apparatus 10 ) are determined.

另选地,终端设备16的控制器48可将表示要使用的装置(例如,图像形成设备10)的整个外观或部分外观的外观图像数据与包括在外观图像对应信息中的各条外观图像数据进行比较,并且可基于比较结果确定要使用的装置的装置识别信息。外观图像对应信息可被存储在终端设备16的存储器44中。在这种情况下,终端设备16的控制器48参考存储在终端设备16的存储器44中的外观图像对应信息,从而确定要使用的装置的装置识别信息。另选地,终端设备16的控制器48可从服务器14获得外观图像对应信息并且可参考该外观图像对应信息,以确定要使用的装置的装置识别信息。Alternatively, the controller 48 of the terminal apparatus 16 may associate the appearance image data representing the entire appearance or a part of the appearance of the apparatus to be used (eg, the image forming apparatus 10 ) with the respective pieces of appearance image data included in the appearance image correspondence information A comparison is made, and the device identification information of the device to be used can be determined based on the comparison result. The appearance image correspondence information may be stored in the memory 44 of the terminal device 16 . In this case, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 refers to the appearance image correspondence information stored in the memory 44 of the terminal device 16, thereby determining the device identification information of the device to be used. Alternatively, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may obtain the appearance image correspondence information from the server 14 and may refer to the appearance image correspondence information to determine the device identification information of the device to be used.

在执行使用多个装置的多个功能的协作功能的情况下,拍摄彼此协作的各个装置的整个外观或部分外观以获得装置的装置识别信息,从而确定(识别)协作功能。In the case of executing a cooperative function using a plurality of functions of a plurality of apparatuses, the entire appearance or a part of the appearance of each apparatus cooperating with each other is photographed to obtain apparatus identification information of the apparatus, thereby determining (identifying) the cooperative function.

在通过应用位置信息AR技术来获得装置识别信息的情况下,例如,利用全球定位系统(GPS)功能获得表示装置(例如,图像形成设备10)的位置的位置信息。例如,各个装置具有GPS功能并且获得表示装置的位置的装置位置信息。终端设备16向要使用的装置输出表示获得装置位置信息的请求的信息,并且作为对该请求的响应,从装置接收装置的装置位置信息。例如,从终端设备16将装置位置信息发送至服务器14。在服务器14中,控制器36基于装置位置信息来识别要使用的装置。例如,服务器14的存储器30针对各个装置存储位置对应信息,其表示:表示装置的位置的装置位置信息与装置的装置识别信息之间的对应关系。控制器36在位置对应信息中确定与从终端设备16接收的装置位置信息关联的装置识别信息。因此,确定(识别)要使用的装置。服务器14的确定单元38在装置功能管理信息32中确定表示与所确定的装置识别信息关联的各个功能的功能信息。因此,确定(识别)要使用的装置(例如,图像形成设备10)的功能。In the case of obtaining the device identification information by applying the position information AR technology, for example, the position information indicating the position of the device (eg, the image forming apparatus 10 ) is obtained using a global positioning system (GPS) function. For example, each device has a GPS function and obtains device location information representing the location of the device. The terminal device 16 outputs information indicating a request to obtain device location information to the device to be used, and receives the device location information of the device from the device in response to the request. For example, the device position information is transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the server 14 . In the server 14, the controller 36 identifies the device to be used based on the device location information. For example, the memory 30 of the server 14 stores location correspondence information for each device, which indicates the correspondence between the device location information indicating the location of the device and the device identification information of the device. The controller 36 determines device identification information associated with the device location information received from the terminal device 16 in the location correspondence information. Therefore, the device to be used is determined (identified). The determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines, in the device function management information 32, function information indicating each function associated with the determined device identification information. Therefore, the function of the apparatus to be used (for example, the image forming apparatus 10 ) is determined (identified).

终端设备16的控制器48可在位置对应信息中确定与要使用的装置的位置信息关联的装置识别信息。位置对应信息可被存储在终端设备16的存储器44中。在这种情况下,终端设备16的控制器48参考存储在终端设备16的存储器44中的位置对应信息,从而确定要使用的装置的装置识别信息。另选地,终端设备16的控制器48可从服务器14获得位置对应信息并且参考该位置对应信息,以确定要使用的装置的装置识别信息。The controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may determine device identification information associated with the location information of the device to be used in the location correspondence information. The location correspondence information may be stored in the memory 44 of the terminal device 16 . In this case, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 refers to the position correspondence information stored in the memory 44 of the terminal device 16, thereby determining the device identification information of the device to be used. Alternatively, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may obtain the location correspondence information from the server 14 and refer to the location correspondence information to determine the device identification information of the device to be used.

在执行使用多个装置的协作功能的情况下,获得彼此协作的装置的装置位置信息并且基于所述装置位置信息确定装置的装置识别信息。因此,确定(识别)协作功能。In the case of executing a cooperation function using a plurality of devices, device location information of devices that cooperate with each other is obtained and device identification information of the devices is determined based on the device location information. Therefore, the cooperative function is determined (identified).

以下,将进一步详细描述根据示例性实施方式的装置系统。Hereinafter, the device system according to the exemplary embodiment will be described in further detail.

将参照图6详细描述装置功能管理信息32。图6示出作为装置功能管理信息32的装置功能管理表的示例。在装置功能管理表中,例如,装置ID、表示装置名称(例如,装置类型)的信息、表示装置的一个或更多个功能的信息(功能信息)以及图像ID彼此关联。装置ID和装置名称对应于装置识别信息的示例。图像ID是用于识别表示装置的图像(例如,表示装置的外观的图像或者示意性地表示装置的图像(例如,图标))的图像识别信息的示例。装置功能管理表未必包括图像ID。例如,具有装置ID“B”的装置是多功能外设(MFP,具有多个图像形成功能的图像形成设备)并且具有打印功能、扫描功能、等等。用于识别表示装置的图像的图像ID与该装置关联。表示装置的图像的数据被存储在例如服务器14的存储器30或另一设备中。The device function management information 32 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 6 . FIG. 6 shows an example of a device function management table as the device function management information 32 . In the device function management table, for example, a device ID, information representing a device name (eg, device type), information (function information) representing one or more functions of the device, and an image ID are associated with each other. The device ID and the device name correspond to examples of device identification information. The image ID is an example of image identification information for identifying an image representing the device (eg, an image representing the appearance of the device or an image (eg, an icon) schematically representing the device). The device function management table does not necessarily include the image ID. For example, the device having the device ID "B" is a multi-function peripheral (MFP, an image forming apparatus having a plurality of image forming functions) and has a printing function, a scanning function, and the like. An image ID for identifying an image representing a device is associated with the device. The data representing the image of the device is stored, for example, in the memory 30 of the server 14 or another device.

例如,利用AR技术,获得用于识别要使用的装置的装置ID。服务器14的确定单元38通过参考装置功能管理表来确定装置的名称、装置的一个或更多个功能、和与该装置ID关联的图像ID。因此,识别出要使用的装置。例如,表示装置名称的信息以及表示装置的图像的数据从服务器14发送至终端设备16,然后它们被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。表示装置的图像作为与装置有关的图像而显示。当然,由相机42捕获的图像可显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。如果用户在终端设备16的UI单元46上指定与装置有关的图像(例如,由相机42捕获的图像或者示意性地表示装置的图像),则关于装置的一个或更多个功能的信息(例如,功能信息或功能说明信息)可从服务器14发送至终端设备16并且可显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。For example, with AR technology, a device ID for identifying a device to be used is obtained. The determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines the name of the device, one or more functions of the device, and the image ID associated with the device ID by referring to the device function management table. Thus, the device to be used is identified. For example, information representing the name of the device and data representing the image of the device are transmitted from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 , and then they are displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 . The image representing the device is displayed as an image related to the device. Of course, the image captured by the camera 42 may be displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 . If the user specifies an image related to the device on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 (eg an image captured by the camera 42 or an image schematically representing the device), information about one or more functions of the device (eg , function information or function description information) may be sent from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 and may be displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 .

接下来,将参照图7详细描述协作功能管理信息34。图7示出协作功能管理信息34作为协作功能管理表的示例。在协作功能管理表中,例如,装置ID的组合、表示彼此协作的目标装置的名称(类型)的信息以及表示一个或更多个协作功能的信息(协作功能信息)彼此关联。例如,具有装置ID“A”的装置是个人计算机(PC),具有装置ID“B”的装置是MFP。PC(A)与MFP(B)之间的协作实现例如扫描并传送功能和打印功能作为协作功能。扫描并传送功能是将通过MFP(B)的扫描生成的图像数据传送至PC(A)的功能。打印功能是将存储在PC(A)中的数据(例如,图像数据或文档数据)发送至MFP(B)并通过MFP(B)打印该数据的功能。Next, the cooperative function management information 34 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 7 . FIG. 7 shows the cooperation function management information 34 as an example of the cooperation function management table. In the cooperation function management table, for example, combinations of device IDs, information representing names (types) of target devices that cooperate with each other, and information representing one or more cooperation functions (cooperation function information) are associated with each other. For example, a device with device ID "A" is a personal computer (PC), and a device with device ID "B" is an MFP. The cooperation between the PC (A) and the MFP (B) realizes, for example, a scan and transfer function and a print function as a cooperation function. The scan and transfer function is a function to transfer the image data generated by the scanning of the MFP (B) to the PC (A). The print function is a function of sending data (eg, image data or document data) stored in the PC (A) to the MFP (B) and printing the data through the MFP (B).

以下,将参照图8描述单独使用装置的情况下的处理。图8示出单独使用的装置的示例。例如,假设图像形成设备10是单独使用的装置。图像形成设备10例如是MFP。图像形成设备10是存在于真实空间中的装置。图8所示的终端设备16是存在于真实空间中的装置,并且例如是诸如智能电话或移动电话的移动终端设备。Hereinafter, the processing in the case of using the device alone will be described with reference to FIG. 8 . Figure 8 shows an example of a device used alone. For example, it is assumed that the image forming apparatus 10 is a device used alone. The image forming apparatus 10 is, for example, an MFP. The image forming apparatus 10 is a device existing in a real space. The terminal device 16 shown in FIG. 8 is a device existing in a real space, and is, for example, a mobile terminal device such as a smartphone or a mobile phone.

例如,图像形成设备10的外壳附着有诸如二维条形码的标记50。在使用基于标记的AR技术或无标记AR技术的情况下,用户利用终端设备16(例如,智能电话)的相机42拍摄要使用的图像形成设备10。因此,生成表示标记50的图像数据或者表示图像形成设备10的外观的外观图像数据。在终端设备16的UI单元46的显示器上显示装置显示画面52,并且在装置显示画面52上显示与图像形成设备10有关的装置图像54。装置图像54例如是通过由相机42拍摄而生成的图像(具有拍摄时的原始尺寸或者增大或缩小的尺寸)。For example, the housing of the image forming apparatus 10 is attached with a mark 50 such as a two-dimensional barcode. In the case of using the marker-based AR technology or the markerless AR technology, the user photographs the image forming device 10 to be used with the camera 42 of the terminal device 16 (eg, smartphone). Thus, image data representing the mark 50 or appearance image data representing the appearance of the image forming apparatus 10 is generated. A device display screen 52 is displayed on the display of the UI unit 46 of the terminal apparatus 16 , and a device image 54 related to the image forming apparatus 10 is displayed on the device display screen 52 . The device image 54 is, for example, an image generated by photographing by the camera 42 (having an original size at the time of photographing or an enlarged or reduced size).

通过由相机42拍摄而生成的图像数据从终端设备16发送至服务器14。在服务器14中,控制器36对图像数据执行解码处理以提取图像形成设备10的装置识别信息,并且因此,识别出图像形成设备10。另选地,可生成表示图像形成设备10的外观的外观图像数据,并且该外观图像数据可从终端设备16发送至服务器14。在这种情况下,在服务器14中,控制器36通过参考外观图像对应信息来确定图像形成设备10的装置识别信息。因此,识别出图像形成设备10。Image data generated by photographing by the camera 42 is transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the server 14 . In the server 14 , the controller 36 performs decoding processing on the image data to extract the device identification information of the image forming apparatus 10 , and thus, recognizes the image forming apparatus 10 . Alternatively, appearance image data representing the appearance of the image forming apparatus 10 may be generated, and the appearance image data may be transmitted from the terminal apparatus 16 to the server 14 . In this case, in the server 14, the controller 36 determines the device identification information of the image forming apparatus 10 by referring to the appearance image correspondence information. Thus, the image forming apparatus 10 is recognized.

服务器14的确定单元38通过参考装置功能管理信息32(例如,图6所示的装置功能管理表)来确定(识别)图像形成设备10的功能。这将参照图6详细描述。例如,假设图像形成设备10是“MFP(B)”。确定单元38在图6所示的装置功能管理表中确定与MFP(B)关联的功能。因此,确定MFP(B)的功能。关于所确定的功能的信息从服务器14发送至终端设备16。当然,用于识别装置和功能的处理可由终端设备16执行。The determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines (identifies) the function of the image forming apparatus 10 by referring to the device function management information 32 (eg, the device function management table shown in FIG. 6 ). This will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 6 . For example, it is assumed that the image forming apparatus 10 is "MFP(B)". The determination unit 38 determines the function associated with the MFP (B) in the device function management table shown in FIG. 6 . Therefore, the function of MFP(B) is determined. Information about the determined functions is sent from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 . Of course, the processing for identifying devices and functions may be performed by the terminal device 16 .

在装置显示画面52上,代替通过由相机42拍摄而生成的图像,与所识别的图像形成设备10有关的预备图像(不是通过拍摄获得的图像,而是示意图像(例如,图标))或者通过由外部相机拍摄而生成的图像可作为装置图像54显示。On the device display screen 52 , instead of the image generated by shooting by the camera 42 , a preliminary image (not an image obtained by shooting, but a schematic image (eg, an icon)) related to the identified image forming apparatus 10 or a schematic image (eg, an icon) by An image captured by an external camera can be displayed as the device image 54 .

例如,在使用通过拍摄装置而获得的图像数据的情况下,当前状态的装置的外观(例如,包括刮痕、便条、附着到装置的贴纸等的外观)被反映在图像中,因此,用户能够更清楚地从视觉上识别出与同一类型的另一装置的差异。For example, in the case of using image data obtained by photographing the device, the appearance of the device in the current state (for example, including the appearance of scratches, notes, stickers attached to the device, etc.) is reflected in the image, and thus, the user can Differences from another device of the same type are more clearly recognized visually.

在使用示意图像的情况下,例如,示意图像的数据从服务器14发送至终端设备16。例如,当图像形成设备10被识别时,服务器14的确定单元38通过参考图6所示的装置功能管理表(装置功能管理信息32)来确定与图像形成设备10有关的示意图像。示意图像的数据从服务器14发送至终端设备16,并且示意图像作为装置图像54显示在装置显示画面52上。示意图像的数据可被预先存储在终端设备16中。在这种情况下,当图像形成设备10被识别时,存储在终端设备16中的装置图像54被显示在装置显示画面52上。示意图像的数据可被存储在服务器14和终端设备16以外的设备中。In the case of using a schematic image, for example, data of the schematic image is transmitted from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 . For example, when the image forming apparatus 10 is identified, the determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines a schematic image related to the image forming apparatus 10 by referring to the device function management table (device function management information 32 ) shown in FIG. 6 . The data of the schematic image is transmitted from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 , and the schematic image is displayed on the device display screen 52 as the device image 54 . The data of the schematic image may be stored in the terminal device 16 in advance. In this case, when the image forming apparatus 10 is recognized, the device image 54 stored in the terminal device 16 is displayed on the device display screen 52 . The data of the schematic image may be stored in a device other than the server 14 and the terminal device 16 .

此外,当装置被识别时,表示装置名称的信息可从服务器14发送至终端设备16,并且装置名称可被显示在终端设备16中的装置显示画面52上。在图8所示的示例中,图像形成设备10是MFP,并且其名称“MFP(B)”被显示。Further, when the device is identified, information representing the device name may be transmitted from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 , and the device name may be displayed on the device display screen 52 in the terminal device 16 . In the example shown in FIG. 8, the image forming apparatus 10 is an MFP, and its name "MFP(B)" is displayed.

在确定图像形成设备10的功能之后,终端设备16的控制器48使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示功能显示画面56,并且使得关于功能的信息显示在功能显示画面56上,如图9所示。作为关于功能的信息,例如,显示用于提供执行功能的指令的按钮图像。作为图像形成设备10的MFP(B)具有例如打印功能、扫描功能、复印功能和传真功能,因此,用于提供执行这些功能的指令的按钮图像被显示在功能显示画面56上。例如,当用户利用终端设备16指定表示打印功能的按钮图像并提供执行打印功能的指令时,表示执行打印功能的指令的执行指令信息从终端设备16发送至图像形成设备10。执行指令信息包括用于执行打印功能的控制数据、诸如应用打印功能的图像数据的数据、等等。响应于执行指令信息的接收,图像形成设备10根据执行指令信息执行打印。After determining the function of the image forming apparatus 10, the controller 48 of the terminal apparatus 16 causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal apparatus 16 to display the function display screen 56, and causes information about the function to be displayed on the function display screen 56, as shown in FIG. 9 . As the information on the function, for example, a button image for providing an instruction to execute the function is displayed. The MFP (B) as the image forming apparatus 10 has, for example, a print function, a scan function, a copy function, and a facsimile function, and therefore, button images for providing instructions to execute these functions are displayed on the function display screen 56 . For example, when the user designates a button image representing a print function using the terminal device 16 and provides an instruction to execute the print function, execution instruction information representing the instruction to execute the print function is transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the image forming apparatus 10 . The execution instruction information includes control data for executing the print function, data such as image data to which the print function is applied, and the like. In response to the reception of the execution instruction information, the image forming apparatus 10 executes printing according to the execution instruction information.

图10示出功能显示画面的另一示例。功能显示画面58是在如图8所示使用单个装置的情况下显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上的画面。如上所述,确定要使用的装置(例如,图像形成设备10)并且确定要使用的装置的功能。可确定表示与使用目标装置的用户的用户识别信息关联的功能(即,用户可用的功能)的功能信息。另外,由于要使用的装置的功能被确定,所以可确定要提供的一组功能当中要使用的装置所没有的功能。这些信息可被显示在功能显示画面58上。FIG. 10 shows another example of the function display screen. The function display screen 58 is a screen displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 when a single device is used as shown in FIG. 8 . As described above, the device to be used (eg, the image forming apparatus 10 ) is determined and the function of the device to be used is determined. Function information representing functions associated with user identification information of a user using the target device (ie, functions available to the user) may be determined. In addition, since the functions of the device to be used are determined, it is possible to determine functions that the device to be used does not have among a set of functions to be provided. Such information can be displayed on the function display screen 58 .

在图10所示的功能显示画面58上,表示功能A的按钮图像60、表示功能B的按钮图像62以及表示功能C的按钮图像64被显示作为功能信息的示例。功能A是要使用的装置(例如,所识别的图像形成设备10)的功能并且是用户可用的功能。功能B是要使用的装置的功能并且是用户不可用的功能。通过向用户提供功能B,用户变得能够使用功能B。如果功能B是付费功能,则通过购买功能B,用户变得能够使用功能B。如果功能B是免费功能,则通过向用户无偿提供功能B,用户变得能够使用功能B。功能C是要使用的装置所没有的功能,即,不与要使用的装置兼容的功能。根据按钮图像所表示的功能是不是要使用的装置的功能,终端设备16的控制器48可改变按钮图像的显示形式。此外,根据按钮图像所表示的功能是不是用户可用的功能,控制器48可改变按钮图像的显示形式。例如,控制器48可改变各个按钮图像的颜色或形状。在图10所示的示例中,按钮图像60、62和64以不同的颜色显示。例如,表示要使用的装置有并且用户可用的功能的按钮图像(例如,表示功能A的按钮图像60)以蓝色来显示。表示要使用的装置有并且用户不可用的功能的按钮图像(例如,表示功能B的按钮图像62)以黄色来显示。表示要使用的装置所没有的功能的按钮图像(例如,表示功能C的按钮图像64)以灰色来显示。另选地,控制器48可改变按钮图像60、62和64的形状,或者可改变功能显示名称的字体。当然,可按照另一方法来改变显示形式。因此,用户可以增强的可视性识别各个功能的可用性。On the function display screen 58 shown in FIG. 10 , a button image 60 representing function A, a button image 62 representing function B, and a button image 64 representing function C are displayed as examples of function information. The function A is a function of the apparatus to be used (eg, the recognized image forming apparatus 10 ) and is a function available to the user. Function B is a function of the device to be used and is not available to the user. By providing the function B to the user, the user becomes able to use the function B. If the function B is a paid function, by purchasing the function B, the user becomes able to use the function B. If the function B is a free function, the user becomes able to use the function B by providing the function B free of charge to the user. The function C is a function that the device to be used does not have, that is, a function that is not compatible with the device to be used. The controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may change the display form of the button image according to whether the function represented by the button image is the function of the device to be used. Further, the controller 48 may change the display form of the button image according to whether the function represented by the button image is a function available to the user. For example, the controller 48 may change the color or shape of each button image. In the example shown in FIG. 10, button images 60, 62 and 64 are displayed in different colors. For example, a button image representing a function that the device to be used has and is available to the user (eg, the button image 60 representing function A) is displayed in blue. Button images representing functions that are available to the device to be used and that are not available to the user (eg, button image 62 representing function B) are displayed in yellow. A button image representing a function that the device to be used does not have (for example, the button image 64 representing function C) is displayed in gray. Alternatively, the controller 48 may change the shape of the button images 60, 62 and 64, or may change the font of the function display name. Of course, the display form can be changed according to another method. Therefore, users can identify the availability of individual functions with enhanced visibility.

例如,如果用户利用终端设备16指定表示功能A的按钮图像60并提供执行功能A的指令,则表示执行功能A的指令的执行指令信息从终端设备16发送至要使用的目标装置。执行指令信息包括用于执行功能A的控制数据、要经受功能A的处理的图像数据、等等。响应于执行指令信息的接收,目标装置根据执行指令信息执行功能A。例如,如果目标装置是图像形成设备10并且如果功能A是扫描并传送功能,则图像形成设备10的图像形成单元20执行扫描功能以生成扫描数据(图像数据)。然后,扫描数据从图像形成设备10发送至所设定的目的地(例如,终端设备16)。For example, if the user designates the button image 60 representing the function A with the terminal device 16 and provides an instruction to execute the function A, execution instruction information representing the instruction to execute the function A is transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the target device to be used. The execution instruction information includes control data for executing the function A, image data to be subjected to the processing of the function A, and the like. In response to receiving the execution instruction information, the target device executes the function A according to the execution instruction information. For example, if the target device is the image forming apparatus 10 and if the function A is the scan and transfer function, the image forming unit 20 of the image forming apparatus 10 performs the scan function to generate scan data (image data). Then, the scan data is transmitted from the image forming apparatus 10 to the set destination (for example, the terminal apparatus 16).

如果用户利用终端设备16指定表示功能B的按钮图像62并提供执行功能B的指令,则执行提供处理。如果该提供处理由服务器14执行,则终端设备16访问服务器14。因此,作为使得用户能够使用功能B的信息,用于提供功能B的画面(例如,网站)被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。通过在该画面上进行提供(provision)过程,用户变得能够使用功能B。例如,终端设备16存储web浏览器的程序。利用该web浏览器,用户能够从终端设备16访问服务器14。当用户利用web浏览器访问服务器14时,功能提供画面(例如,网站)被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,并且通过该网站向用户提供功能。当然,提供处理可由不同于服务器14的服务器执行。另选地,作为使得用户能够使用功能B的信息,用于向管理员等请求使用功能B的使用许可请求画面(例如,网站)可被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。如果用户通过使用许可请求画面向管理员等请求使用功能B的许可并且如果获得许可,则用户能够使用功能B。If the user designates the button image 62 representing the function B using the terminal device 16 and provides an instruction to execute the function B, the providing process is executed. If the providing process is performed by the server 14 , the terminal device 16 accesses the server 14 . Therefore, as information enabling the user to use the function B, a screen (eg, a website) for providing the function B is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 . The user becomes able to use the function B by performing the provisioning process on this screen. For example, the terminal device 16 stores a program of a web browser. Using this web browser, the user can access the server 14 from the terminal device 16 . When the user accesses the server 14 using a web browser, a function providing screen (eg, a website) is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16, and functions are provided to the user through the website. Of course, the providing process may be performed by a server other than the server 14 . Alternatively, as information enabling the user to use the function B, a usage permission request screen (eg, website) for requesting the administrator or the like to use the function B may be displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 . If the user requests permission to use the function B from the administrator or the like through the use permission request screen and if the permission is obtained, the user can use the function B.

以下,将参照图11描述使用协作功能的情况下的处理。图11示出彼此协作的目标装置的示例。例如,假设图像形成设备10以及作为装置12的投影仪(以下可称为投影仪12)用作目标装置。图像形成设备10、投影仪12和终端设备16是存在于真实空间中的装置。Hereinafter, the processing in the case of using the cooperation function will be described with reference to FIG. 11 . FIG. 11 shows an example of target devices cooperating with each other. For example, it is assumed that the image forming apparatus 10 and a projector as the device 12 (may be referred to as the projector 12 hereinafter) are used as target devices. The image forming apparatus 10, the projector 12, and the terminal apparatus 16 are devices that exist in a real space.

例如,诸如二维条形码的标记50被附着到图像形成设备10的外壳,并且诸如二维条形码的标记66被附着到投影仪12的外壳。标记66是通过对投影仪12的装置识别信息进行编码而获得的信息。如果使用基于标记的AR技术或无标记AR技术,则用户利用终端设备16(例如,智能电话)的相机42拍摄作为彼此协作的目标装置的图像形成设备10和投影仪12。在图11所示的示例中,在图像形成设备10和投影仪12二者均在相机42的视野内的状态下一起拍摄图像形成设备10和投影仪12。因此,生成表示标记50和66的图像数据。装置显示画面68被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46的显示器上。在装置显示画面68上,显示与图像形成设备10有关的装置图像70以及与投影仪12有关的装置图像72。装置图像70和72是通过例如由相机42拍摄而生成的图像(具有拍摄时的原始尺寸或者增大或缩小的尺寸)。For example, indicia 50 , such as a two-dimensional barcode, is attached to the housing of image forming apparatus 10 , and indicia 66 , such as a two-dimensional barcode, is attached to the housing of projector 12 . The mark 66 is information obtained by encoding the device identification information of the projector 12 . If marker-based AR technology or markerless AR technology is used, the user photographs the image forming device 10 and the projector 12 as target devices cooperating with each other with the camera 42 of the terminal device 16 (eg, smartphone). In the example shown in FIG. 11 , the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 are photographed together in a state where both of the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 are within the field of view of the camera 42 . Thus, image data representing markers 50 and 66 are generated. The device display screen 68 is displayed on the display of the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 . On the device display screen 68 , a device image 70 related to the image forming apparatus 10 and a device image 72 related to the projector 12 are displayed. The device images 70 and 72 are images generated by, for example, photographing by the camera 42 (having the original size at the time of photographing or an enlarged or reduced size).

通过由相机42拍摄而生成的图像数据从终端设备16发送至服务器14。在服务器14中,控制器36对图像数据执行解码处理以提取图像形成设备10的装置识别信息和投影仪12的装置识别信息,并且因此,识别出图像形成设备10和投影仪12。另选地,表示图像形成设备10和投影仪12的外观的外观图像数据可被生成并从终端设备16发送至服务器14。在这种情况下,在服务器14中,控制器36通过参考外观图像对应信息来确定图像形成设备10的装置识别信息和投影仪12的装置识别信息。因此,识别出图像形成设备10和投影仪12。Image data generated by photographing by the camera 42 is transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the server 14 . In the server 14 , the controller 36 performs decoding processing on the image data to extract the device identification information of the image forming apparatus 10 and the device identification information of the projector 12 , and thus, the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 are identified. Alternatively, appearance image data representing the appearance of the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 may be generated and transmitted from the terminal apparatus 16 to the server 14 . In this case, in the server 14 , the controller 36 determines the device identification information of the image forming apparatus 10 and the device identification information of the projector 12 by referring to the appearance image correspondence information. Thus, the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 are recognized.

服务器14的确定单元38通过参考协作功能管理信息34(例如,图7所示的协作功能管理表)来确定(识别)使用图像形成设备10的功能和投影仪12的功能的一个或更多个协作功能。这将参照图7详细描述。例如,假设图像形成设备10是MFP(B)并且投影仪12是投影仪(C)。确定单元38在图7所示的协作功能管理表中确定与MFP(B)和投影仪(C)的组合关联的协作功能。因此,确定通过MFP(B)和投影仪(C)之间的协作执行的协作功能。关于所确定的协作功能的信息从服务器14发送至终端设备16。当然,用于识别装置和协作功能的处理可由终端设备16执行。The determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines (identifies) use of one or more of the functions of the image forming apparatus 10 and the functions of the projector 12 by referring to the cooperation function management information 34 (for example, the cooperation function management table shown in FIG. 7 ). Collaboration features. This will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 7 . For example, it is assumed that the image forming apparatus 10 is an MFP (B) and the projector 12 is a projector (C). The determination unit 38 determines the cooperation function associated with the combination of the MFP (B) and the projector (C) in the cooperation function management table shown in FIG. 7 . Therefore, the cooperative function performed by the cooperation between the MFP (B) and the projector (C) is determined. Information about the determined cooperation function is sent from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 . Of course, the processing for identifying the device and the cooperation function may be performed by the terminal device 16 .

在装置显示画面68上,代替通过由相机42拍摄而生成的图像,与所识别的图像形成设备10有关的预备图像(例如,诸如图标的示意图像)或者通过由外部相机拍摄而生成的图像可被显示作为装置图像70。此外,与所识别的投影仪12有关的预备图像或者通过由外部相机拍摄而生成的图像可被显示作为装置图像72。如上所述,示意图像的数据可从服务器14发送至终端设备16,可被预先存储在终端设备16中,或者可被存储在另一设备中。On the device display screen 68 , in place of the image generated by photographing by the camera 42 , a preliminary image (eg, a schematic image such as an icon) related to the identified image forming apparatus 10 or an image generated by photographing by an external camera may be is displayed as device image 70 . Also, a preliminary image related to the identified projector 12 or an image generated by photographing by an external camera may be displayed as the device image 72 . As described above, the data of the schematic image may be transmitted from the server 14 to the terminal device 16, may be pre-stored in the terminal device 16, or may be stored in another device.

当装置被识别时,表示装置名称的信息可从服务器14发送至终端设备16,并且装置名称可被显示在终端设备16中的装置显示画面68上。在图11所示的示例中,显示图像形成设备10的名称“MFP(B)”和投影仪12的名称“投影仪(C)”。When the device is identified, information representing the device name may be transmitted from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 , and the device name may be displayed on the device display screen 68 in the terminal device 16 . In the example shown in FIG. 11 , the name “MFP (B)” of the image forming apparatus 10 and the name “Projector (C)” of the projector 12 are displayed.

如果多个装置被拍摄,则服务器14的确定单元38可通过参考装置功能管理信息32来确定各个装置的功能。在图11所示的示例中,确定单元38可确定图像形成设备10的功能和投影仪12的功能。关于所确定的功能的信息可从服务器14发送至终端设备16。If a plurality of devices are photographed, the determination unit 38 of the server 14 may determine the function of each device by referring to the device function management information 32 . In the example shown in FIG. 11 , the determination unit 38 can determine the function of the image forming apparatus 10 and the function of the projector 12 . Information about the determined functions can be sent from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 .

在确定协作功能之后,终端设备16的控制器48使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示功能显示画面74并且使得关于协作功能的信息显示在功能显示画面74上,如图12所示。作为关于协作功能的信息,例如,显示用于提供执行协作功能的指令的按钮图像。MFP(B)与投影仪(C)之间的协作使得能够执行由投影仪(C)投影通过由MFP(B)扫描而生成的图像的协作功能以及由MFP(B)打印投影仪(C)所投影的图像的协作功能。用于提供执行这些协作功能的指令的按钮图像被显示在功能显示画面74上。例如,当用户利用终端设备16指定按钮图像并提供执行协作功能的指令时,表示执行协作功能的指令的执行指令信息从终端设备16发送至图像形成设备10和投影仪12。响应于执行指令信息的接收,图像形成设备10和投影仪12执行用户所指定的协作功能。After determining the cooperation function, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display the function display screen 74 and causes information about the cooperation function to be displayed on the function display screen 74 as shown in FIG. 12 . As the information on the cooperative function, for example, a button image for providing an instruction to execute the cooperative function is displayed. The cooperation between the MFP (B) and the projector (C) enables the execution of a cooperative function of projecting by the projector (C) an image generated by scanning by the MFP (B) and printing by the MFP (B) the projector (C) Collaborative capabilities of projected images. Button images for providing instructions to execute these cooperative functions are displayed on the function display screen 74 . For example, when the user designates a button image using the terminal device 16 and provides an instruction to execute the cooperative function, execution instruction information indicating the instruction to execute the cooperative function is transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 . In response to the reception of the execution instruction information, the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 execute the cooperative function designated by the user.

可通过用户操作指定彼此协作的目标装置。例如,作为利用相机42拍摄图像形成设备10和投影仪12的结果,如图11所示,与图像形成设备10有关的装置图像70以及与投影仪12有关的装置图像72被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。与装置有关的图像可以是通过由相机42拍摄而获得的图像,或者可以是与所识别的装置有关的预备图像(例如,诸如图标的示意图像)。当用户在装置显示画面68上指定装置图像70和72时,图像形成设备10和投影仪12被指定为彼此协作的目标装置。例如,当用户指定装置图像70时,对装置图像70应用基于标记的AR技术或无标记AR技术,从而确定(识别)图像形成设备10。同样,当用户指定装置图像72时,对装置图像72应用基于标记的AR技术或无标记AR技术,从而确定(识别)投影仪12。因此,确定由图像形成设备10和投影仪12执行的协作功能,并且关于协作功能的信息被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。Target devices cooperating with each other can be specified by a user operation. For example, as a result of photographing the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 with the camera 42, as shown in FIG. 11, a device image 70 related to the image forming apparatus 10 and a device image 72 related to the projector 12 are displayed on the terminal device 16 on the UI unit 46. The device-related image may be an image obtained by photographing by the camera 42, or may be a preliminary image (eg, a schematic image such as an icon) related to the identified device. When the user designates the device images 70 and 72 on the device display screen 68, the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 are designated as target devices that cooperate with each other. For example, when the user designates the device image 70 , the marker-based AR technology or the markerless AR technology is applied to the device image 70 , thereby determining (identifying) the image forming apparatus 10 . Also, when the user designates the device image 72 , the marker-based AR technology or the markerless AR technology is applied to the device image 72 , thereby determining (identifying) the projector 12 . Accordingly, the cooperative function performed by the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 is determined, and information on the cooperative function is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal apparatus 16 .

又如,用户可在装置显示画面68上利用例如他/她的手指触摸装置图像70,并且可将手指移动到装置图像72,以指定装置图像70和72并且将图像形成设备10和投影仪12指定为彼此协作的目标装置。用户触摸装置图像70和72的顺序或者手指的移动方向可与上述示例相反。当然,可使用在装置显示画面68上移动的手指以外的画面指示单元,例如笔。用户可将装置图像70和72彼此链接以指定装置图像70和72,并且可由此将图像形成设备10和投影仪12指定为彼此协作的目标装置。用户可将装置图像70和72彼此叠加以指定装置图像70和72,并且可由此将图像形成设备10和投影仪12指定为彼此协作的目标装置。另外,可通过在其上画圆来指定彼此协作的目标装置,或者可通过在预定时段内指定与装置有关的装置图像来指定目标装置。在解除协作的情况下,用户可在装置显示画面68上指定要解除的目标装置,或者可按压协作解除按钮。如果不是协作的目标装置的装置的图像在装置显示画面68上,则用户可在装置显示画面68上指定该装置以将该装置从彼此协作的目标装置去除。可通过执行预定操作(例如,在其上画十字)来指定要解除的装置。As another example, a user may touch device image 70 on device display screen 68 with, for example, his/her finger, and may move the finger to device image 72 to designate device images 70 and 72 and connect image forming apparatus 10 and projector 12 Target devices designated as cooperating with each other. The order in which the user touches the device images 70 and 72 or the direction of movement of the finger may be reversed from the above example. Of course, a screen pointing unit other than a finger moving on the device display screen 68, such as a pen, may be used. The user can link the device images 70 and 72 to each other to designate the device images 70 and 72 , and can thereby designate the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 as target devices that cooperate with each other. The user can superimpose the device images 70 and 72 on each other to designate the device images 70 and 72 , and can thereby designate the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 as target devices that cooperate with each other. In addition, target devices cooperating with each other may be specified by drawing a circle thereon, or target devices may be specified by specifying a device image related to the device within a predetermined period. In the case of releasing the collaboration, the user can designate the target device to be released on the device display screen 68, or can press the collaboration releasing button. If an image of a device that is not a cooperating target device is on the device display screen 68, the user may designate the device on the device display screen 68 to remove the device from the cooperating target devices with each other. The device to be released can be specified by performing a predetermined operation (eg, drawing a cross on it).

彼此协作的目标装置可被单独地拍摄。例如,通过由相机42执行拍摄多次来识别彼此协作的目标装置。如果由相机42的拍摄被执行多次,则在每次拍摄操作中识别的装置的装置识别信息被存储在服务器14或终端设备16的存储器中。例如,在图像形成设备10处于相机42的视野内的状态下拍摄图像形成设备10,然后在投影仪12处于相机42的视野内的状态下拍摄投影仪12。因此,生成表示图像形成设备10的图像数据和表示投影仪12的图像数据。通过对各条图像数据应用基于标记的AR技术或无标记AR技术,确定(识别)图像形成设备10和投影仪12,并且确定(识别)使用图像形成设备10和投影仪12的功能的协作功能。例如,作为彼此协作的目标装置的图像形成设备10和投影仪12不总是在相机42的视野内彼此靠近。可改变相机42的视角,或者可增大或减小视野。如果这些操作不够,则可执行拍摄多次,以识别彼此协作的目标装置。Target devices that cooperate with each other can be photographed individually. For example, target devices cooperating with each other are identified by performing photographing by the camera 42 a plurality of times. If the photographing by the camera 42 is performed a plurality of times, the device identification information of the device identified in each photographing operation is stored in the memory of the server 14 or the terminal device 16 . For example, the image forming apparatus 10 is photographed with the image forming apparatus 10 within the field of view of the camera 42 , and then the projector 12 is photographed with the projector 12 within the field of view of the camera 42 . Thus, image data representing the image forming apparatus 10 and image data representing the projector 12 are generated. By applying marker-based AR technology or markerless AR technology to each piece of image data, the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 are determined (identified), and the cooperative function using the functions of the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 is determined (identified). . For example, the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 , which are target devices cooperating with each other, are not always close to each other within the field of view of the camera 42 . The viewing angle of the camera 42 can be changed, or the field of view can be increased or decreased. If these operations are not enough, shooting may be performed multiple times to identify target devices that cooperate with each other.

又如,协作的目标装置可被预先设定为基本协作装置。例如,假设图像形成设备10被预先设定为基本协作装置。基本协作装置的装置识别信息可被预先存储在服务器14或终端设备16的存储器内。另选地,用户可利用终端设备16指定基本协作装置。如果基本协作装置被设定,则用户利用终端设备16的相机42拍摄基本协作装置以外的目标装置。因此,确定(识别)彼此协作的目标装置,并且确定(识别)使用基本协作装置和所拍摄的装置的功能的一个或更多个协作功能。For another example, the target device for cooperation may be preset as a basic cooperation device. For example, it is assumed that the image forming apparatus 10 is preset as a basic cooperation device. The device identification information of the basic cooperation device may be stored in the memory of the server 14 or the terminal device 16 in advance. Alternatively, the user may specify the basic cooperation means using the terminal device 16 . If the basic cooperation device is set, the user uses the camera 42 of the terminal device 16 to photograph a target device other than the basic cooperation device. Accordingly, target devices that cooperate with each other are determined (identified), and one or more cooperation functions using the functions of the basic cooperation device and the photographed device are determined (identified).

在图11和12所示的示例中,各个协作功能是使用硬件装置的功能。另选地,协作功能可以是使用由软件(应用)实现的功能的功能。例如,代替装置图像,与由软件实现的功能有关的功能图像(例如,图标图像等)可被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,并且可由用户指定功能图像当中的多个功能图像,以使得可确定(识别)使用与所述多个功能图像有关的多个功能的协作功能。例如,可通过指定与显示在智能电话的主画面或PC的桌面上的功能有关的功能图像来确定协作功能。当然,如果与硬件装置有关的装置图像以及与由软件实现的功能有关的功能图像被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上并且如果用户指定装置图像和功能图像,则可识别使用与装置图像有关的装置以及与功能图像有关的功能的协作功能。In the examples shown in FIGS. 11 and 12 , the respective cooperative functions are functions using hardware devices. Alternatively, the collaboration function may be a function using a function implemented by software (application). For example, instead of the device images, function images (eg, icon images, etc.) related to functions implemented by software may be displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16, and a plurality of function images among the function images may be designated by the user to It is made possible to determine (identify) a cooperative function using a plurality of functions related to the plurality of function images. For example, the collaboration function can be determined by specifying a function image related to a function displayed on a home screen of a smartphone or a desktop of a PC. Of course, if a device image related to a hardware device and a function image related to a function implemented by software are displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 and if the user specifies the device image and the function image, it can be recognized that the use related to the device image The device and the collaboration function of the function related to the function image.

在上述示例中,使用基于标记的AR技术或无标记AR技术,但是可使用位置信息AR技术。例如,终端设备16具有GPS功能,获得表示终端设备16的位置的终端位置信息,并且将终端位置信息发送至服务器14。服务器14的控制器36参考表示装置位置信息(表示装置的位置)与装置识别信息之间的对应关系的位置对应信息,并且确定相对于终端设备16的位置位于预定范围内的装置作为候选协作装置。例如,假设MFP、PC、打印机和扫描仪相对于终端设备16的位置位于预定范围内。在这种情况下,MFP、PC、打印机和扫描仪被确定作为候选协作装置。各个候选协作装置的装置识别信息从服务器14发送至终端设备16并被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。作为装置识别信息,可显示候选协作装置的图像或者可显示诸如装置ID的字符串。用户从显示在UI单元46上的候选协作装置当中指定彼此协作的目标装置。由用户指定的目标装置的装置识别信息从终端设备16发送至服务器14。在服务器14中,基于目标装置的装置识别信息来确定一个或更多个协作功能。关于所述一个或更多个协作功能的信息被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。确定候选协作装置的处理以及确定协作功能的处理可由终端设备16执行。In the above example, marker-based AR technology or markerless AR technology is used, but location information AR technology may be used. For example, the terminal device 16 has a GPS function, obtains terminal position information indicating the position of the terminal device 16 , and transmits the terminal position information to the server 14 . The controller 36 of the server 14 refers to the position correspondence information indicating the correspondence between the device position information (the position indicating the device) and the device identification information, and determines a device located within a predetermined range with respect to the position of the terminal device 16 as a candidate cooperation device . For example, it is assumed that the positions of the MFP, PC, printer, and scanner relative to the terminal device 16 are within a predetermined range. In this case, MFPs, PCs, printers, and scanners are determined as candidate cooperation devices. The device identification information of each candidate cooperation device is transmitted from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 and displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 . As the device identification information, an image of a candidate cooperation device may be displayed or a character string such as a device ID may be displayed. The user designates target devices cooperating with each other from among the candidate cooperating devices displayed on the UI unit 46 . The device identification information of the target device designated by the user is transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the server 14 . In the server 14, one or more cooperative functions are determined based on the device identification information of the target device. Information about the one or more cooperative functions is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 . The process of determining the candidate cooperation apparatus and the process of determining the cooperation function may be performed by the terminal device 16 .

如果即使应用AR技术等,也没有识别所拍摄的装置,则表示所拍摄的装置的装置图像不必显示在装置显示画面上。因此,识别的装置的可视性可增加。例如,如果存在识别的装置和未识别的装置并且如果由相机42拍摄两种装置,则表示未识别的装置的装置图像不显示。因此,表示识别的装置的装置图像在与表示未识别的装置的装置图像相区分的同时被显示,因此,识别的装置的可视性可增加。另选地,表示识别的装置的装置图像可按照高亮的方式显示。例如,表示识别的装置的装置图像可按照特定颜色显示,可在对装置图像的边缘进行高亮的同时被显示,可在放大装置图像的同时被显示,可三维地显示,或者可在使装置图像闪烁的同时显示。因此,识别的装置的可视性可增加。If the photographed device is not recognized even if AR technology or the like is applied, a device image representing the photographed device does not have to be displayed on the device display screen. Thus, the visibility of the identified device can be increased. For example, if there are an identified device and an unidentified device and if both devices are photographed by the camera 42, the device image representing the unidentified device is not displayed. Therefore, the device image representing the recognized device is displayed while being distinguished from the device image representing the unrecognized device, and thus, the visibility of the recognized device can be increased. Alternatively, the device image representing the identified device may be displayed in a highlighted manner. For example, a device image representing an identified device may be displayed in a particular color, may be displayed while the edges of the device image are highlighted, may be displayed while the device image is enlarged, may be displayed three-dimensionally, or may be displayed while the device image is being displayed. The image is displayed while blinking. Thus, the visibility of the identified device can be increased.

以下,将描述用于执行装置的功能的处理。作为示例,将描述用于执行协作功能的处理。在这种情况下,从终端设备16向彼此协作的目标装置发送连接请求,并且建立终端设备16与目标装置之间的连接。以下,将参照图13描述连接处理。图13是示出该处理的顺序图。Hereinafter, processing for executing the functions of the device will be described. As an example, processing for executing the cooperation function will be described. In this case, a connection request is sent from the terminal apparatus 16 to the target apparatuses cooperating with each other, and the connection between the terminal apparatus 16 and the target apparatus is established. Hereinafter, the connection process will be described with reference to FIG. 13 . FIG. 13 is a sequence diagram showing this process.

首先,用户利用终端设备16提供指令以启动用于执行装置功能的应用(程序)。响应于该指令,终端设备16的控制器48启动应用(S01)。该应用可被预先存储在终端设备16的存储器44中,或者可从服务器14等下载。First, the user provides an instruction using the terminal device 16 to start an application (program) for executing the function of the device. In response to this instruction, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 starts the application (S01). The application may be pre-stored in the memory 44 of the terminal device 16, or may be downloaded from the server 14 or the like.

随后,通过应用基于标记的AR技术、无标记AR技术或位置信息AR技术来识别彼此协作的目标装置(S02)。当然,可利用AR技术以外的技术来识别目标装置。在应用基于标记的AR技术或无标记AR技术的情况下,用户利用终端设备16的相机42来拍摄目标装置。例如,在使用图像形成设备10(MFP(B))和投影仪12(投影仪(C))作为目标装置的情况下,用户利用相机42来拍摄图像形成设备10和投影仪12。因此,获得图像形成设备10和投影仪12的装置识别信息,并且图像形成设备10和投影仪12被识别为目标装置。在应用位置信息AR技术的情况下,获得图像形成设备10和投影仪12的位置信息,基于位置信息确定图像形成设备10和投影仪12的装置识别信息,并且识别出图像形成设备10和投影仪12。Subsequently, target devices cooperating with each other are identified by applying marker-based AR technology, markerless AR technology, or location information AR technology ( S02 ). Of course, the target device may be identified using technologies other than AR technology. In the case of applying marker-based AR technology or markerless AR technology, the user uses the camera 42 of the terminal device 16 to photograph the target device. For example, in the case of using the image forming apparatus 10 (MFP (B)) and the projector 12 (projector (C)) as target devices, the user photographs the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 with the camera 42 . Accordingly, the device identification information of the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 is obtained, and the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 are identified as target devices. In the case of applying the position information AR technology, the position information of the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 is obtained, the device identification information of the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 is determined based on the position information, and the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector are identified 12.

例如,如果用户提供显示协作功能的指令,则识别使用多个识别的装置的功能的协作功能。关于识别的协作功能的信息被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上(S03)。识别协作功能的处理可由服务器14或终端设备16执行。For example, if the user provides an instruction to display a collaborative function, a collaborative function using the functions of the plurality of identified devices is identified. Information on the identified cooperative function is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 (S03). The process of identifying the cooperative function may be performed by the server 14 or the terminal device 16 .

随后,在用户利用终端设备16指定要执行的目标协作功能之后,终端设备16向执行协作功能的目标装置(例如,图像形成设备10和投影仪12)发送表示连接请求的信息(S04)。例如,如果表示彼此协作的目标装置的地址的地址信息被存储在服务器14中,则终端设备16从服务器14获得地址信息。如果地址信息包括在装置识别信息中,则终端设备16可从目标装置的装置识别信息获得地址信息。另选地,目标装置的地址信息可被存储在终端设备16中。当然,终端设备16可利用另一方法获得目标装置的地址信息。利用目标装置(例如,图像形成设备10和投影仪12)的地址信息,终端设备16向目标装置(例如,图像形成设备10和投影仪12)发送表示连接请求的信息。Subsequently, after the user specifies the target cooperation function to be executed using the terminal device 16, the terminal device 16 transmits information indicating a connection request to the target apparatuses (eg, the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12) executing the cooperation function (S04). For example, if address information representing addresses of target devices cooperating with each other is stored in the server 14 , the terminal device 16 obtains the address information from the server 14 . If the address information is included in the device identification information, the terminal apparatus 16 may obtain the address information from the device identification information of the target device. Alternatively, the address information of the target device may be stored in the terminal device 16 . Of course, the terminal device 16 may obtain the address information of the target device using another method. Using the address information of the target apparatuses (eg, the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 ), the terminal device 16 transmits information indicating a connection request to the target apparatuses (eg, the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 ).

接收到表示连接请求的信息的图像形成设备10和投影仪12允许或不允许连接至终端设备16(S05)。例如,如果图像形成设备10和投影仪12是不允许进行连接的装置或者如果请求连接的装置的数量超过上限,则不允许连接。如果允许从终端设备16的连接,则改变图像形成设备10和投影仪12特有的设定信息的操作可被禁止,以使得不通过终端设备16改变该设定信息。例如,图像形成设备10的颜色参数或者向省电模式转变的设定时间的改变可被禁止。因此,彼此协作的目标装置的安全性可增加。另选地,与在不与另一装置协作的情况下单独使用各个装置的情况相比,在使得装置彼此协作的情况下,设定信息的改变可被限制。例如,与单独使用装置的情况下相比,可允许改变更少的设定项目。另选地,查看其他用户的个人信息(例如,操作历史)可被禁止。因此,用户的个人信息的安全性可增加。The image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 that have received the information representing the connection request allow or disallow connection to the terminal apparatus 16 (S05). For example, if the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 are devices for which connection is not permitted or if the number of devices requesting connection exceeds the upper limit, the connection is not permitted. If the connection from the terminal device 16 is permitted, the operation of changing the setting information specific to the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 may be prohibited so that the setting information is not changed through the terminal device 16 . For example, the change of the color parameters of the image forming apparatus 10 or the set time for transition to the power saving mode may be prohibited. Therefore, the security of target devices cooperating with each other can be increased. Alternatively, in the case of causing the devices to cooperate with each other, the change of the setting information may be restricted compared to the case of using each device alone without cooperating with another device. For example, fewer setting items can be allowed to be changed than in the case of using the device alone. Alternatively, viewing other users' personal information (eg, operation history) may be prohibited. Therefore, the security of the user's personal information can be increased.

从图像形成设备10和投影仪12向终端设备16发送表示允许或不允许连接的结果信息(S06)。如果允许连接至图像形成设备10和投影仪12,在终端设备16与图像形成设备10和投影仪12中的每一个之间建立通信。Result information indicating whether the connection is permitted or not is transmitted from the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 to the terminal apparatus 16 (S06). If connection to the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 is allowed, communication is established between the terminal apparatus 16 and each of the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 .

随后,用户利用终端设备16提供执行协作功能的指令(S07)。响应于该指令,将表示执行协作功能的指令的执行指令信息从终端设备16发送至图像形成设备10和投影仪12(S08)。发送至图像形成设备10的执行指令信息包括表示图像形成设备10中要执行的处理的信息(例如,作业信息),并且发送至投影仪12的执行指令信息包括表示投影仪12中要执行的处理的信息(例如,作业信息)。Subsequently, the user provides an instruction to execute the cooperation function using the terminal device 16 (S07). In response to this instruction, execution instruction information indicating an instruction to execute the cooperative function is transmitted from the terminal apparatus 16 to the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 (S08). The execution instruction information sent to the image forming apparatus 10 includes information (eg, job information) indicating processing to be executed in the image forming apparatus 10 , and the execution instruction information sent to the projector 12 includes information indicating processing to be executed in the projector 12 information (for example, job information).

响应于执行指令信息,图像形成设备10和投影仪12根据执行指令信息执行各个功能(S09)。例如,如果协作功能包括在图像形成设备10和投影仪12之间发送/接收数据的处理,如从图像形成设备10(MFP(B))向投影仪12(投影仪(C))传送扫描数据并由投影仪12投影该数据的功能中一样,在图像形成设备10和投影仪12之间建立通信。在这种情况下,例如,发送至图像形成设备10的执行指令信息包括投影仪12的地址信息,并且发送至投影仪12的执行指令信息包括图像形成设备10的地址信息。利用这些地址信息在图像形成设备10和投影仪12之间建立通信。In response to the execution instruction information, the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 execute respective functions according to the execution instruction information (S09). For example, if the cooperation function includes processing of sending/receiving data between the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12, such as transferring scan data from the image forming apparatus 10 (MFP (B)) to the projector 12 (projector (C)) Communication is established between the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 as in the function of projecting the data by the projector 12 . In this case, for example, the execution instruction information transmitted to the image forming apparatus 10 includes address information of the projector 12 , and the execution instruction information transmitted to the projector 12 includes address information of the image forming apparatus 10 . Communication is established between the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 using these address information.

在协作功能的执行完成之后,从图像形成设备10和投影仪12向终端设备16发送指示协作功能的执行完成的信息(S10)。指示协作功能的执行完成的信息被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上(S11)。如果即使从提供执行指令的时间点起逝去了预定时段,仍没有显示指示协作功能的执行完成的信息,则终端设备16的控制器48可使得UI单元46显示表示错误的信息,并且可再次向图像形成设备10和投影仪12发送执行指令信息或表示连接请求的信息。After the execution of the cooperation function is completed, information indicating the completion of the execution of the cooperation function is transmitted from the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 to the terminal device 16 (S10). Information indicating that the execution of the cooperative function is completed is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 (S11). If the information indicating the completion of the execution of the cooperation function is not displayed even though a predetermined period of time has elapsed from the point of time when the execution instruction was provided, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may cause the UI unit 46 to display the information indicating the error, and may display the information indicating the error again. The image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 transmit execution instruction information or information indicating a connection request.

随后,用户确定是否解除图像形成设备10和投影仪12的协作状态(S12),并且根据确定结果执行处理(S13)。在解除协作状态的情况下,用户利用终端设备16提供解除指令。因此,终端设备16与图像形成设备10和投影仪12中的每一个之间的通信停止。此外,图像形成设备10与投影仪12之间的通信停止。在不解除协作状态的情况下,可继续提供执行指令。Subsequently, the user determines whether to release the cooperative state of the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 ( S12 ), and executes processing according to the determination result ( S13 ). In the case of releasing the cooperative state, the user provides a release instruction using the terminal device 16 . Therefore, the communication between the terminal apparatus 16 and each of the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 is stopped. Furthermore, the communication between the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 is stopped. Execution instructions can continue to be provided without releasing the cooperative state.

另外,彼此协作的目标装置的数量可增加。例如,可获得第三装置的装置识别信息,并且可确定通过包括图像形成设备10和投影仪12的三个装置之间的协作执行的协作功能。指示图像形成设备10和投影仪12已经被识别为彼此协作的目标装置的信息被存储在服务器14或终端设备16中。In addition, the number of target devices cooperating with each other can be increased. For example, the device identification information of the third device can be obtained, and the cooperative function performed by the cooperation between the three devices including the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 can be determined. Information indicating that the image forming apparatus 10 and the projector 12 have been identified as target devices cooperating with each other is stored in the server 14 or the terminal apparatus 16 .

表示彼此协作的目标装置的装置识别信息以及表示所执行的协作功能的协作功能信息可被存储在终端设备16或服务器14中。例如,可获得使用终端设备16的用户的用户账户信息(用户识别信息),并且表示在用户账户信息、表示彼此协作的目标装置的装置识别信息以及表示所执行的协作功能的协作功能信息之间的对应关系的历史信息可被创建并存储在终端设备16或服务器14中。历史信息可由终端设备16或服务器14创建。参考该历史信息,确定已经执行的协作功能以及用于该协作功能的装置。Device identification information representing target devices that cooperate with each other and cooperation function information representing the performed cooperation function may be stored in the terminal device 16 or the server 14 . For example, the user account information (user identification information) of the user who uses the terminal device 16 can be obtained, and is expressed between the user account information, the device identification information indicating the target devices that cooperate with each other, and the cooperation function information indicating the executed cooperation function The historical information of the corresponding relationship can be created and stored in the terminal device 16 or the server 14 . The historical information may be created by the terminal device 16 or the server 14 . With reference to the historical information, the cooperative function that has been executed and the device used for the cooperative function are determined.

作为历史信息,彼此协作的目标装置(例如,图像形成设备10和投影仪12)可存储曾已经请求连接的用户的用户账户信息以及表示曾已经请求连接的终端设备16的终端识别信息。参考该历史信息,确定曾已经使用该装置的用户。在例如确定曾在装置损坏时使用装置的用户的情况下或者在针对耗材等执行收费处理的情况下,可利用历史信息确定用户。历史信息可被存储在服务器14或终端设备16中,或者可被存储在另一设备中。As history information, target apparatuses (eg, image forming apparatus 10 and projector 12 ) cooperating with each other may store user account information of users who have requested connection and terminal identification information indicating terminal apparatus 16 that has requested connection. With reference to the historical information, a user who has used the device is determined. In the case of determining, for example, a user who used the device when the device was damaged, or in the case of performing a billing process for consumables or the like, the user can be identified using the history information. The historical information may be stored in the server 14 or the terminal device 16, or may be stored in another device.

例如,用户账户信息被预先存储在终端设备16的存储器44中。终端设备16的控制器48用作用户识别单元的示例,从存储器44读取用户的用户账户信息,并且识别使用终端设备16的用户。如果多个用户的用户账户信息被存储在存储器44中,则用户利用终端设备16指定他/她的用户账户信息。因此,读取用户的用户账户信息并识别用户。另选地,终端设备16的控制器48可通过读取登入终端设备16的用户的用户账户信息来识别用户。另选地,如果仅一条用户账户信息被存储在同一终端设备16中,则终端设备16的控制器48可通过读取这一条用户账户信息来识别用户。如果未设定用户账户并且如果没有创建用户账户信息,则执行初始设定,从而创建用户账户信息。For example, user account information is pre-stored in the memory 44 of the terminal device 16 . The controller 48 of the terminal device 16 serves as an example of a user identification unit, reads user account information of the user from the memory 44 , and identifies the user using the terminal device 16 . If user account information of a plurality of users is stored in the memory 44 , the user specifies his/her user account information using the terminal device 16 . Therefore, the user account information of the user is read and the user is identified. Alternatively, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may identify the user by reading the user account information of the user logged into the terminal device 16 . Alternatively, if only one piece of user account information is stored in the same terminal device 16, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may identify the user by reading this one piece of user account information. If the user account is not set and if the user account information is not created, initial setting is performed, thereby creating the user account information.

可针对各个用户管理协作功能的使用历史,并且表示由所读取的用户账户信息表示的用户先前使用的协作功能的信息可被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。表示使用历史的信息可被存储在终端设备16或服务器14中。此外,表示以预定或以上的频率使用的协作功能的信息可被显示。在提供这种快捷功能的情况下,关于协作功能的用户操作可简化。The usage history of the collaboration function may be managed for each user, and information representing the collaboration function previously used by the user indicated by the read user account information may be displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 . Information representing the usage history may be stored in the terminal device 16 or the server 14 . In addition, information indicating a cooperative function used at a predetermined frequency or more may be displayed. In the case where such a shortcut function is provided, user operations regarding the collaboration function can be simplified.

在执行单装置功能的情况下,从终端设备16向执行单装置功能的装置发送表示执行单装置功能的指令的信息。装置根据该指令执行单装置功能。In the case of executing the single-device function, information indicating an instruction to execute the single-device function is transmitted from the terminal apparatus 16 to the device executing the single-device function. The device performs the single-device function according to the instruction.

在上述示例中,可由多个装置执行协作功能。然而,根据装置的组合,协作功能不总是可执行。此外,根据多个功能的组合(例如,由软件实现的功能的组合或者由软件实现的功能与硬件装置的功能的组合),协作功能不总是可执行。这将在下面详细描述。In the above example, the cooperative function may be performed by multiple devices. However, the cooperation function is not always executable depending on the combination of devices. Furthermore, depending on the combination of a plurality of functions (eg, a combination of a function implemented by software or a combination of a function implemented by software and a function of a hardware device), the cooperative function is not always executable. This will be described in detail below.

图14A示出无法执行协作功能的装置的组合的示例。例如,假设MFP(B)和吹风机(D)被识别为装置。如图14A所示,装置显示画面68被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,并且与识别的装置(MFP(B)和吹风机(D))有关的装置图像70和76被显示在装置显示画面68上。如果不存在可由MFP(B)和吹风机(D)执行的协作功能并且如果MFP(B)和吹风机(D)被指定为彼此协作的目标装置,则不显示关于协作功能的信息,并且消息画面78被显示在终端设备16的UI 46上,如图14B所示。消息画面78显示指示不可由MFP(B)和吹风机(D)执行协作功能的消息。FIG. 14A shows an example of a combination of devices that cannot perform cooperative functions. For example, assume that an MFP (B) and a hair dryer (D) are identified as devices. As shown in FIG. 14A, a device display screen 68 is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16, and device images 70 and 76 related to the recognized devices (MFP (B) and hair dryer (D)) are displayed on the device display on screen 68. If there is no cooperative function executable by the MFP (B) and the blower (D) and if the MFP (B) and the blower (D) are designated as target devices to cooperate with each other, the information on the cooperative function is not displayed, and the message screen 78 is displayed on the UI 46 of the terminal device 16, as shown in FIG. 14B. The message screen 78 displays a message indicating that the cooperative function cannot be performed by the MFP (B) and the blower (D).

将更详细地描述上述处理。当MFP(B)和吹风机(D)被识别并指定为彼此协作的目标装置时,服务器14的确定单元38通过参考如上所述的协作功能管理信息34(例如,图7所示的协作功能管理表)来确定(识别)使用MFP(B)和吹风机(D)的协作功能。如果使用MFP(B)和吹风机(D)的协作功能被注册在协作功能管理表中,则确定单元38确定该协作功能。另一方面,如果使用MFP(B)和吹风机(D)的协作功能未被注册在协作功能管理表中,则确定单元38确定不存在使用MFP(B)和吹风机(D)的协作功能。在这种情况下,服务器14的控制器36输出指示MFP(B)和吹风机(D)的组合无法执行协作功能的消息。此消息被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,如图14B所示。The above process will be described in more detail. When the MFP (B) and the blower (D) are identified and designated as target devices to cooperate with each other, the determination unit 38 of the server 14 by referring to the cooperation function management information 34 as described above (for example, the cooperation function management shown in FIG. 7 ) Table) to determine (identify) the cooperative function using the MFP (B) and the blower (D). If the cooperative function using the MFP (B) and the blower (D) is registered in the cooperative function management table, the determination unit 38 determines the cooperative function. On the other hand, if the cooperative function using the MFP (B) and the blower (D) is not registered in the cooperative function management table, the determination unit 38 determines that there is no cooperative function using the MFP (B) and the blower (D). In this case, the controller 36 of the server 14 outputs a message indicating that the combination of the MFP (B) and the hair dryer (D) cannot perform the cooperative function. This message is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16, as shown in Fig. 14B.

即使如上述情况中一样,不存在可用协作功能,根据装置的操作状态、装置安装的环境(周围环境)或者装置的功能的改变(更新),可能变得可使用协作功能。在上述示例中,如果在MFP(B)安装的环境中发生冷凝,则可利用吹风机(D)来去除或防止冷凝。在这种情况下,使用MFP(B)和吹风机(D)的协作功能可用,因此,表示协作功能的信息被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。例如,服务器14的控制器36监测各个装置的操作状态、装置安装的环境(周围环境)、各个装置的功能的更新状态等,并且基于监测结果确定协作功能的可用性。在MFP(B)和吹风机(D)的组合的情况下,如果MFP(B)的周围环境满足特定条件(例如,如果在MFP(B)的周围环境中发生冷凝),则控制器36确定协作功能可用并且确定(识别)使用吹风机(D)的协作功能。这同样适用于装置的操作状态,即,如果识别或指定的一组装置处于特定操作状态,则控制器36确定使用这一组装置的协作功能可用。这同样也适用于装置的功能被更新并且协作功能通过更新的功能变得可用的情况。Even if there is no available cooperation function as in the above-mentioned case, the cooperation function may become available depending on the operating state of the device, the environment in which the device is installed (surrounding environment), or a change (update) of the function of the device. In the above example, if condensation occurs in the environment where the MFP (B) is installed, the blower (D) can be used to remove or prevent the condensation. In this case, the cooperative function using the MFP (B) and the hair dryer (D) is available, and therefore, information indicating the cooperative function is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 . For example, the controller 36 of the server 14 monitors the operation state of each device, the environment in which the device is installed (surrounding environment), the update state of the function of each device, etc., and determines the availability of the cooperative function based on the monitoring results. In the case of the combination of the MFP (B) and the blower (D), the controller 36 determines cooperation if the surroundings of the MFP (B) satisfy certain conditions (eg, if condensation occurs in the surroundings of the MFP (B)) The function is available and determines (identifies) the cooperative function using the hair dryer (D). The same applies to the operational states of the devices, ie, if an identified or designated group of devices is in a particular operational state, the controller 36 determines that a cooperative function using this group of devices is available. The same applies to the case where the function of the device is updated and the collaboration function becomes available through the updated function.

此外,存在通过由多个软件单元实现的多个功能不可执行协作功能的情况,并且存在通过由软件单元实现的功能和硬件装置不可执行协作功能的情况。Furthermore, there are cases where a cooperative function cannot be executed by a plurality of functions realized by a plurality of software units, and there are cases where a cooperative function cannot be executed by a function realized by a software unit and a hardware device.

引导处理Boot processing

在示例性实施方式中,例如,当指定与装置有关的图像时,呈现引导,该引导指示能够与该装置一起执行协作功能的硬件装置或由软件实现的功能。这同样适用于使用软件的协作功能。例如,当指定与由软件实现的功能有关的图像时,呈现引导,该引导指示能够与该功能一起执行协作功能的硬件装置或由软件实现的功能。以下,将详细描述根据示例性实施方式的引导处理的示例。In an exemplary embodiment, for example, when specifying an image related to a device, a guide is presented that indicates a hardware device or a function implemented by software capable of performing cooperative functions with the device. The same applies to using the collaborative features of the software. For example, when specifying an image related to a function implemented by software, a guide indicating a hardware device capable of performing a cooperative function together with the function or a function implemented by software is presented. Hereinafter, an example of the boot process according to the exemplary embodiment will be described in detail.

示例1Example 1

将参照图15描述根据示例1的引导处理。图15示出根据示例1的装置显示画面的示例。例如,假设MFP(B)、投影仪(C)和吹风机(D)被识别为装置。装置显示画面68被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,并且与识别的装置(MFP(B)、投影仪(C)和吹风机(D))有关的装置图像70、72和76被显示在装置显示画面68上。Guidance processing according to Example 1 will be described with reference to FIG. 15 . FIG. 15 shows an example of a device display screen according to Example 1. FIG. For example, assume that an MFP (B), a projector (C), and a hair dryer (D) are identified as devices. The device display screen 68 is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16, and the device images 70, 72, and 76 related to the recognized devices (MFP (B), projector (C), and hair dryer (D)) are displayed on the The device display screen 68 is displayed.

在这种情况下,例如,假设用户选择MFP(B)并且用户指定与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70。MFP(B)对应于第一装置,并且与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70对应于与第一装置有关的第一图像。响应于用户指定MFP(B)作为第一装置,服务器14的确定单元38确定能够与作为第一装置的MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的第二装置,通过参考协作功能管理信息34(例如,图7所示的协作功能管理表)。例如,假设MFP(B)和投影仪(C)的组合能够执行协作功能并且MFP(B)和吹风机(D)的组合不能执行协作功能。即,假设使用MFP(B)和投影仪(C)的协作功能被注册在协作功能管理表中并且使用MFP(B)和吹风机(D)的协作功能未被注册在协作功能管理表中。在这种情况下,投影仪(C)被确定为第二装置,并且服务器14的控制器36执行控制以呈现指示投影仪(C)作为第二装置的引导。具体地,在控制器36的控制下从服务器14将表示投影仪(C)的装置识别信息发送至终端设备16。终端设备16的控制器48呈现指示投影仪(C)作为第二装置的引导。例如,如图15所示,终端设备16的控制器48使得指示投影仪(C)作为协作伙伴装置的箭头80显示在装置显示画面68上。箭头80是将装置图像70(与作为第一装置的MFP(B)有关的第一图像)与装置图像72(与作为第二装置的投影仪(C)有关的第二图像)彼此链接的图像。当然,控制器48可利用箭头以外的方法来呈现指示投影仪(C)作为第二装置的引导。例如,控制器48可通过输出声音来呈现指示第二装置的引导,可使得叠加在与第二装置有关的第二图像(例如,装置图像72)上的标记显示在装置显示画面68上,可使得与第二装置有关的第二图像显示在装置显示画面68上以使得第二图像可与另一图像相区分,或者可使得表示协作伙伴的字符串显示在装置显示画面68上。In this case, for example, it is assumed that the user selects the MFP (B) and the user designates the device image 70 related to the MFP (B). The MFP(B) corresponds to the first device, and the device image 70 related to the MFP(B) corresponds to the first image related to the first device. In response to the user designating the MFP (B) as the first device, the determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines the second device capable of performing the cooperation function together with the MFP (B) as the first device, by referring to the cooperation function management information 34 (for example, The cooperation function management table shown in FIG. 7). For example, it is assumed that the combination of the MFP (B) and the projector (C) can perform the cooperative function and the combination of the MFP (B) and the blower (D) cannot perform the cooperative function. That is, it is assumed that the cooperation function using the MFP (B) and the projector (C) is registered in the cooperation function management table and the cooperation function using the MFP (B) and the blower (D) is not registered in the cooperation function management table. In this case, the projector (C) is determined as the second device, and the controller 36 of the server 14 performs control to present a guide indicating the projector (C) as the second device. Specifically, the device identification information representing the projector (C) is transmitted from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 under the control of the controller 36 . The controller 48 of the terminal device 16 presents a guide indicating the projector (C) as the second device. For example, as shown in FIG. 15 , the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the arrow 80 indicating the projector (C) as a cooperation partner device to be displayed on the device display screen 68 . The arrow 80 is an image linking the device image 70 (the first image related to the MFP (B) as the first device) and the device image 72 (the second image related to the projector (C) as the second device) to each other . Of course, controller 48 may utilize methods other than arrows to present the guidance indicating projector (C) as the second device. For example, the controller 48 may present a guide indicating the second device by outputting a sound, may cause an indicia superimposed on the second image (eg, the device image 72) related to the second device to be displayed on the device display 68, may A second image related to the second device is caused to be displayed on the device display screen 68 so that the second image is distinguishable from another image, or a character string representing a collaborating partner may be caused to be displayed on the device display screen 68 .

在用户指定作为第一装置的MFP(B)的上述情况下,作为能够与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的第二装置的投影仪(C)被推荐作为候选协作伙伴装置。因此,与没有推荐这种候选的情况相比,指定协作功能所需的装置的用户便利可增加。In the above-described case where the user designates the MFP (B) as the first device, the projector (C) as the second device capable of performing the cooperation function together with the MFP (B) is recommended as a candidate cooperation partner device. Therefore, compared to the case where no such candidate is recommended, the user's convenience for specifying the device required for the cooperation function can be increased.

如果用户指定与由软件实现的第一功能有关的功能图像(与第一图像对应的图像),也执行与上述引导处理相似的引导处理。即,如果用户指定作为第一图像的功能图像,则呈现引导,该引导指示能够与功能图像有关的第一功能一起执行协作功能的第二功能。例如,可呈现指示与第二功能有关的第二图像的引导,或者可利用声音或字符串来呈现指示第二功能的引导。第二功能可以是由软件实现的功能或者硬件装置的功能。当然,如果用户指定与第一装置有关的装置图像,则可呈现引导,该引导指示能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能并由软件实现的第二功能。If the user designates a function image (an image corresponding to the first image) related to the first function realized by the software, a guide process similar to the guide process described above is also executed. That is, if the user designates the function image as the first image, a guide indicating that the second function of the cooperative function can be executed together with the first function related to the function image is presented. For example, guidance indicating a second image related to the second function may be presented, or a sound or character string may be used to present guidance indicating the second function. The second function may be a function implemented by software or a function of a hardware device. Of course, if the user specifies a device image related to the first device, then guidance may be presented indicating a second function capable of performing a cooperative function with the first device and implemented by software.

由于吹风机(D)是不能与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的装置,所以不呈现指示吹风机(D)作为协作伙伴的引导。Since the hair dryer (D) is a device that cannot perform a cooperative function together with the MFP (B), guidance indicating the hair dryer (D) as a cooperative partner is not presented.

根据作为第一装置的MFP(B)安装的环境(周围环境)、MFP(B)的操作状态(例如,色调剂量、纸张量、MFP是否正在使用、或者处理结束时间)、MFP(B)的功能的改变(更新)、吹风机(D)的功能的改变(更新)、等等,可呈现指示吹风机(D)作为第二装置的引导。例如,如果在作为第一装置的MFP(B)的周围环境中发生冷凝,则服务器14的确定单元38确定吹风机(D)作为去除冷凝所需的第二装置。在这种情况下,如投影仪(C)的上述情况中一样,呈现指示吹风机(D)作为协作伙伴的引导。例如,显示将装置图像70(与作为第一装置的MFP(B)有关的第一图像)与装置图像76(与作为第二装置的吹风机(D)有关的第二图像)彼此链接的箭头,或者利用声音来呈现指示吹风机(D)的引导。According to the environment (surrounding environment) in which the MFP (B) as the first device is installed, the operating state of the MFP (B) (for example, the amount of toner, the amount of paper, whether the MFP is in use, or the processing end time), the A change in function (update), a change in function (update) of the blower (D), etc., may present a guide indicating the blower (D) as the second device. For example, if condensation occurs in the surrounding environment of the MFP (B) as the first device, the determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines the blower (D) as the second device required to remove the condensation. In this case, as in the above-mentioned case of the projector (C), a guide indicating the blower (D) as a cooperative partner is presented. For example, displaying an arrow linking the device image 70 (the first image related to the MFP (B) as the first device) and the device image 76 (the second image related to the hair dryer (D) as the second device) to each other, Or use sound to present guidance indicating the blower (D).

与显示在装置显示画面68上的图像有关的装置或对象未必被识别。例如,可能存在服务器14的确定单元38未识别吹风机(D)的情况。从候选协作伙伴(第二装置)排除未被识别的装置或对象。与未被识别的装置或对象有关的图像可显示或者可不显示在装置显示画面68上。The device or object associated with the image displayed on the device display screen 68 is not necessarily identified. For example, there may be a case where the determination unit 38 of the server 14 does not recognize the hair dryer (D). Unidentified devices or objects are excluded from candidate collaboration partners (second devices). Images related to unidentified devices or objects may or may not be displayed on the device display screen 68 .

示例2Example 2

将参照图16描述根据示例2的引导处理。图16示出根据示例2的装置显示画面的示例。在示例2中,多个装置对应于第二装置(协作伙伴装置)。例如,假设MFP(B)、投影仪(C)、吹风机(D)和相机(E)被识别为装置并且观叶植物(F)被识别为观叶植物。当然,不是装置的对象未必被识别。Guidance processing according to Example 2 will be described with reference to FIG. 16 . FIG. 16 shows an example of a device display screen according to Example 2. FIG. In Example 2, the plurality of devices correspond to the second device (cooperating partner device). For example, suppose that MFP (B), projector (C), hair dryer (D), and camera (E) are identified as devices and a foliage plant (F) is identified as a foliage plant. Of course, objects that are not devices are not necessarily recognized.

装置显示画面68被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,并且与识别的装置(MFP(B)、投影仪(C)、吹风机(D)和相机(E))有关的装置图像70、72、76和82以及与观叶植物(F)有关的图像84被显示在装置显示画面68上。The device display screen 68 is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16, and the device images 70, 72 related to the identified devices (MFP (B), projector (C), hair dryer (D), and camera (E)) , 76 and 82 and an image 84 related to foliage plants (F) are displayed on the device display screen 68 .

在这种情况下,例如,假设用户选择MFP(B)作为第一装置并且用户指定与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70作为第一图像。另外假设投影仪(C)和相机(E)被确定作为能够与作为第一装置的MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的第二装置。在这种情况下,呈现指示投影仪(C)和相机(E)作为第二装置的引导。例如,引导被同时呈现。在图16所示的示例中,如示例1中一样,显示将与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70和与投影仪(C)有关的装置图像72彼此链接的箭头80作为引导。此外,显示将与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70和与相机(E)有关的装置图像82彼此链接的箭头86作为引导。In this case, for example, it is assumed that the user selects the MFP (B) as the first device and the user designates the device image 70 related to the MFP (B) as the first image. Also assume that the projector (C) and the camera (E) are determined as second devices capable of performing cooperative functions together with the MFP (B) as the first device. In this case, a guide indicating the projector (C) and the camera (E) as the second device is presented. For example, guidance is presented simultaneously. In the example shown in FIG. 16 , as in Example 1, an arrow 80 linking the device image 70 related to the MFP (B) and the device image 72 related to the projector (C) to each other is displayed as a guide. In addition, an arrow 86 linking the device image 70 related to the MFP (B) and the device image 82 related to the camera (E) to each other is displayed as a guide.

优先顺序可与协作功能关联。在协作功能管理信息34(例如,图7所示的协作功能管理表)中表示优先顺序的信息与各个协作功能关联。在呈现指示多个第二装置的引导的情况下,表示各个协作功能的优先顺序的信息从服务器14发送至终端设备16,并且该优先顺序被显示在装置显示画面68上。例如,如果使用MFP(B)和投影仪(C)的第一协作功能的优先级高于使用MFP(B)和相机(E)的第二协作功能,则终端设备16的控制器48使得指示第一协作功能中所使用的投影仪(C)的优先级高于第二协作功能中所使用的相机(E)的信息显示在装置显示画面68上。控制器48可使得表示优先顺序的字符串显示在装置显示画面68上,可使得箭头80和86以不同的颜色显示在装置显示画面68上,可使得装置图像72和82以不同的显示形式显示在装置显示画面68上,或者可使得用于优先级较高的装置图像72的箭头80显示在装置显示画面68上并且使得用于优先级较低的装置图像82的箭头86不显示在装置显示画面68上。Priorities can be associated with collaboration functions. The information indicating the priority order in the cooperation function management information 34 (for example, the cooperation function management table shown in FIG. 7 ) is associated with each cooperation function. In the case where guidance indicating a plurality of second devices is presented, information indicating the priority order of each cooperative function is transmitted from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 , and the priority order is displayed on the device display screen 68 . For example, if the priority of the first cooperation function using the MFP (B) and the projector (C) is higher than the second cooperation function using the MFP (B) and the camera (E), the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the instruction Information that the projector (C) used in the first cooperation function has a higher priority than the camera (E) used in the second cooperation function is displayed on the device display screen 68 . The controller 48 may cause the string representing the priority order to be displayed on the device display screen 68, may cause the arrows 80 and 86 to be displayed on the device display screen 68 in different colors, may cause the device images 72 and 82 to be displayed in different display formats On the device display screen 68, alternatively the arrow 80 for the higher priority device image 72 may be caused to be displayed on the device display screen 68 and the arrow 86 for the lower priority device image 82 may not be displayed on the device display on screen 68.

另选地,代替显示箭头,终端设备16的控制器48可将表示第二装置的字符串显示在装置显示画面68的特定区域中。例如,该字符串可被显示在未显示装置图像的区域中。因此,防止发生箭头使得难以看到显示在画面上的信息的情况。Alternatively, instead of displaying an arrow, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may display a character string representing the second device in a specific area of the device display screen 68 . For example, the character string may be displayed in an area where the device image is not displayed. Therefore, it is prevented from occurring that the arrow makes it difficult to see the information displayed on the screen.

在用户指定作为第一装置的MFP(B)的上述情况下,作为能够与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的第二装置的投影仪(C)和相机(E)被推荐为候选协作伙伴装置。In the above-mentioned case where the user designates the MFP (B) as the first device, the projector (C) and the camera (E) as the second devices capable of performing the cooperation function together with the MFP (B) are recommended as candidate cooperation partner devices .

如果装置显示画面68上未显示候选协作伙伴装置(第二装置),则表示第二装置安装的位置的位置信息或者表示指示第二装置安装的位置的引导的信息可被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。例如,服务器14的控制器36利用GPS功能等获得第二装置的位置信息,并且基于所获得的位置信息和终端设备16的位置信息来创建表示指示相对于终端设备16的位置的第二装置的位置的引导的信息。表示该引导的信息可从服务器14发送至终端设备16并且可被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。If the candidate collaboration partner device (second device) is not displayed on the device display screen 68 , position information indicating the location where the second device is installed or information indicating guidance indicating the location where the second device is installed may be displayed on the terminal device 16 UI unit 46. For example, the controller 36 of the server 14 obtains the positional information of the second device using the GPS function or the like, and creates a representation of the second device indicating the position relative to the terminal device 16 based on the obtained positional information and the positional information of the terminal device 16 . Information for location guidance. Information representing the guidance may be sent from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 and may be displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 .

如示例1中一样,根据示例2的处理可适用于使用与功能有关的功能图像的情况。例如,如果用户指定作为第一图像的功能图像,则可呈现指示能够与功能图像有关的第一功能一起执行协作功能的多个第二功能的引导。当然,如果用户指定与第一装置有关的装置图像,则可呈现指示能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能的多个功能的引导。As in Example 1, the processing according to Example 2 is applicable to the case of using function images related to functions. For example, if the user designates a function image as the first image, a guide indicating a plurality of second functions capable of executing the cooperative function together with the first function related to the function image may be presented. Of course, if the user designates a device image related to the first device, a guide indicating a plurality of functions capable of performing the cooperative function together with the first device may be presented.

示例3Example 3

将参照图17至图20描述根据示例3的引导处理。图17至图20各自示出根据示例3的装置显示画面的示例。在示例3中,用户指定第一装置,然后指定第二装置,执行控制以呈现指示能够与第一和第二装置一起执行协作功能的第三装置的引导。被推荐为第三装置的装置可根据第一和第二装置被指定的顺序而改变。The guidance process according to Example 3 will be described with reference to FIGS. 17 to 20 . 17 to 20 each illustrate an example of a device display screen according to Example 3. FIG. In Example 3, the user designates a first device, then a second device, and controls are performed to present guidance indicating a third device capable of performing cooperative functions with the first and second devices. The device recommended as the third device may vary according to the order in which the first and second devices are designated.

例如,假设PC(A)、MFP(B)、投影仪(C)和相机(E)被识别为装置,并且与识别的装置(PC(A)、MFP(B)、投影仪(C)和相机(E))有关的装置图像70、72、82和88以及图像84被显示在装置显示画面68上,如图17所示。For example, suppose that PC(A), MFP(B), projector(C), and camera(E) are recognized as devices, and the recognized devices(PC(A), MFP(B), projector(C), and Device images 70 , 72 , 82 and 88 and image 84 related to the camera (E)) are displayed on the device display screen 68 as shown in FIG. 17 .

在这种情况下,例如,如果用户指定与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70,则服务器14的确定单元38将MFP(B)识别为第一装置,并且能够与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的PC(A)、投影仪(C)和相机(E)被识别为第二装置(候选协作伙伴装置)。如图17所示,例如,箭头80、86和90被显示作为指示第二装置的引导。箭头90是将与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70和与PC(A)有关的装置图像88彼此链接的图像。In this case, for example, if the user designates the device image 70 related to the MFP(B), the determination unit 38 of the server 14 recognizes the MFP(B) as the first device, and can perform cooperation together with the MFP(B) The functional PC (A), projector (C) and camera (E) are identified as the second device (candidate partner device). As shown in Figure 17, for example, arrows 80, 86 and 90 are shown as guides to indicate the second device. An arrow 90 is an image linking the device image 70 related to the MFP (B) and the device image 88 related to the PC (A) to each other.

随后,假设用户从这一组第二装置中选择投影仪(C)作为协作伙伴装置并且用户指定与投影仪(C)有关的装置图像72。在这种情况下,服务器14的确定单元38通过参考协作功能管理信息34来确定能够与作为第一装置的MFP(B)以及作为第二装置的投影仪(C)一起执行协作功能的第三装置。在图7所示的协作功能管理表中,注册有可通过两个装置之间的协作执行的协作功能。然而,当然可注册可通过三个或更多个装置之间的协作执行的协作功能。例如,假设PC(A)被确定作为第三装置。在这种情况下,如图18所示呈现指示PC(A)作为第三装置的引导。例如,显示将与作为第二装置的投影仪(C)有关的装置图像72和与作为第三装置的PC(A)有关的装置图像88彼此链接的箭头92作为引导。Subsequently, it is assumed that the user selects the projector (C) as a cooperation partner device from the set of second devices and the user designates the device image 72 related to the projector (C). In this case, the determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines, by referring to the cooperation function management information 34, a third device capable of executing the cooperation function together with the MFP (B) as the first device and the projector (C) as the second device device. In the cooperation function management table shown in FIG. 7, cooperation functions executable by cooperation between two apparatuses are registered. However, it is of course possible to register a cooperation function that can be performed by cooperation between three or more devices. For example, assume that PC(A) is determined as the third device. In this case, a guide indicating the PC (A) as the third device is presented as shown in FIG. 18 . For example, an arrow 92 linking the device image 72 related to the projector (C) as the second device and the device image 88 related to the PC (A) as the third device to each other is displayed as a guide.

例如,用户可指定与投影仪(C)有关的装置图像72,执行将与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70和与投影仪(C)有关的装置图像72彼此链接的操作,将装置图像70叠加在装置图像72上,或者将指示物置于装置图像70上然后将指示物移至装置图像72,以指定用作第二装置的投影仪(C)。For example, the user may designate the device image 72 related to the projector (C), perform an operation of linking the device image 70 related to the MFP (B) and the device image 72 related to the projector (C) to each other, and link the device image 70 to each other. Overlay on device image 72, or place a pointer on device image 70 and then move the pointer to device image 72 to designate the projector (C) to be used as the second device.

各个装置(各个装置图像)被指定的顺序对应于装置的功能被使用的顺序或者数据在装置之间移动的顺序。指定装置的操作(例如,将图像链接或者将图像叠加在另一图像上的操作)充当指定功能被使用的顺序或者数据移动顺序的操作。在图18所示的示例中,作为第一装置的MFP(B)第一个被使用,作为第二装置的投影仪(C)第二个被使用。呈现指示能够与第一和第二装置一起执行协作功能并且在协作功能中被第三个使用的第三装置的引导。即,呈现指示在MFP(B)第一个被使用并且投影仪(C)第二个被使用的协作功能中被第三个使用的第三装置的引导。在图18所示的示例中,PC(A)是第三装置。在示例3中,可通过多个装置之间的协作执行的协作功能被注册在协作功能管理信息34中,并且装置的使用顺序也被注册。服务器14的确定单元38通过参考协作功能管理信息34来确定第三装置。The order in which each device (each device image) is specified corresponds to the order in which the functions of the devices are used or the order in which data is moved between the devices. An operation of specifying a device (eg, an operation of linking an image or superimposing an image on another image) acts as an operation of specifying the order in which functions are used or the order of data movement. In the example shown in FIG. 18 , the MFP (B) as the first device is used first, and the projector (C) as the second device is used second. A guide is presented indicating a third device capable of performing a collaborative function with the first and second devices and used by a third in the collaborative function. That is, a guide indicating the third device used by the third in the cooperation function in which the MFP (B) is used first and the projector (C) is used second is presented. In the example shown in FIG. 18, PC(A) is the third device. In Example 3, cooperation functions executable through cooperation among a plurality of devices are registered in the cooperation function management information 34, and the order of use of the devices is also registered. The determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines the third device by referring to the cooperation function management information 34 .

图19示出另一示例。如图17中一样,装置图像70、72、82和88以及图像84被显示在装置显示画面68上。FIG. 19 shows another example. As in FIG. 17 , device images 70 , 72 , 82 and 88 and image 84 are displayed on the device display screen 68 .

在这种情况下,例如,如果用户指定与投影仪(C)有关的装置图像72,则投影仪(C)被识别为第一装置,并且服务器14的确定单元38将能够与投影仪(C)一起执行协作功能的PC(A)、MFP(B)和相机(E)识别为第二装置(候选协作伙伴装置)。如图19所示,例如,箭头94、96和98被显示作为指示第二装置的引导。箭头94是将与作为第一装置的投影仪(C)有关的装置图像72和与作为第二装置的MFP(B)有关的装置图像70彼此链接的图像。箭头96是将装置图像72和与作为第二装置的相机(E)有关的装置图像82彼此链接的图像。箭头98是将装置图像72和与作为第二装置的PC(A)有关的装置图像88彼此链接的图像。In this case, for example, if the user specifies the device image 72 related to the projector (C), the projector (C) is identified as the first device, and the determination unit 38 of the server 14 will be able to communicate with the projector (C) ), the PC (A), the MFP (B), and the camera (E) that perform the cooperative function together are identified as the second device (candidate collaboration partner device). As shown in Figure 19, for example, arrows 94, 96 and 98 are shown as guides to indicate the second device. Arrow 94 is an image linking the device image 72 related to the projector (C) as the first device and the device image 70 related to the MFP (B) as the second device to each other. An arrow 96 is an image linking the device image 72 and the device image 82 related to the camera (E) as the second device to each other. An arrow 98 is an image linking the device image 72 and the device image 88 related to the PC (A) as the second device to each other.

随后,假设用户从这一组第二装置中选择MFP(B)作为协作伙伴装置并且用户指定与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70。在这种情况下,服务器14的确定单元38通过参考协作功能管理信息34来确定能够与作为第一装置的投影仪(C)以及作为第二装置的MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的第三装置。例如,假设相机(E)被确定作为第三装置。在这种情况下,如图20所示呈现指示相机(E)作为第三装置的引导。例如,显示将与作为第二装置的MFP(B)有关的装置图像70和与作为第三装置的相机(E)有关的装置图像82彼此链接的箭头100作为引导。在这种情况下,指示在投影仪(C)被第一个使用并且MFP(B)被第二个使用的协作功能中被第三个使用的装置(例如,相机(E))的引导被呈现作为第三装置。Subsequently, it is assumed that the user selects the MFP (B) as a cooperation partner device from the set of second devices and the user designates the device image 70 related to the MFP (B). In this case, the determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines, by referring to the cooperation function management information 34, a third device capable of executing the cooperation function together with the projector (C) as the first device and the MFP (B) as the second device device. For example, assume that the camera (E) is determined as the third device. In this case, a guide indicating the camera (E) as the third device is presented as shown in FIG. 20 . For example, an arrow 100 linking the device image 70 related to the MFP (B) as the second device and the device image 82 related to the camera (E) as the third device to each other is displayed as a guide. In this case, the guidance indicating the device (for example, the camera (E)) used by the third in the cooperation function in which the projector (C) is used first and the MFP (B) is used by the second is Presented as a third device.

例如,用户可指定与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70,执行将与投影仪(C)有关的装置图像72和与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70彼此链接的操作,将装置图像72叠加在装置图像70上,或者将指示物置于装置图像72上然后将指示物移至装置图像70,以指定用作第二装置的MFP(B)。For example, the user may designate the device image 70 related to the MFP (B), perform an operation of linking the device image 72 related to the projector (C) and the device image 70 related to the MFP (B) to each other, superimpose the device image 72 On the device image 70, or place a pointer on the device image 72 and then move the pointer to the device image 70, to designate the MFP (B) serving as the second device.

按照上述方式,呈现指示能够与第一和第二装置一起执行协作功能的第三装置的引导。作为第三装置呈现(推荐)的装置根据第一和第二装置被指定的顺序而变化。装置被指定的顺序对应于装置的功能被使用的顺序或者数据在装置之间移动的顺序。指定装置的操作充当指定功能被使用的顺序或者数据移动顺序的操作。在协作功能中接下来使用的装置或者作为数据的目的地的装置根据装置被指定的顺序而改变。因此,在示例3中,根据该改变来呈现指示协作功能中要使用的第三装置的引导。In the manner described above, guidance is presented indicating a third device capable of performing a cooperative function with the first and second devices. The device presented (recommended) as the third device varies according to the order in which the first and second devices are designated. The order in which the devices are assigned corresponds to the order in which the functions of the devices are used or the order in which data is moved between the devices. The operation of specifying the device acts as an operation of specifying the order in which functions are used or the order of data movement. The device to be used next in the cooperation function or the device to which the data is destined changes according to the order in which the devices are specified. Therefore, in Example 3, guidance indicating the third device to be used in the collaboration function is presented according to the change.

如示例1中一样,根据示例3的处理可适用于使用与功能有关的功能图像的情况。例如,如果用户指定与第一功能有关的功能图像,则呈现引导,该引导指示与能够与第一功能一起执行协作功能的第二功能有关的功能图像。如果用户指定与第二功能有关的功能图像,则可呈现引导,该引导指示与能够与第一和第二功能一起执行协作功能的第三功能有关的功能图像。在这种情况下,作为第三功能呈现的功能根据第一和第二功能被指定的顺序而改变。另外在示例3中,协作功能可以是使用硬件装置的功能以及由软件实现的功能的功能。As in Example 1, the processing according to Example 3 is applicable to the case of using function images related to functions. For example, if the user designates a function image related to the first function, a guide indicating the function image related to the second function capable of executing the cooperative function together with the first function is presented. If the user designates a function image related to the second function, a guide indicating a function image related to a third function capable of performing a cooperative function together with the first and second functions may be presented. In this case, the function presented as the third function changes according to the order in which the first and second functions are specified. Also in Example 3, the cooperative function may be a function using a hardware device and a function implemented by software.

示例4Example 4

将参照图21和图22描述根据示例4的引导处理。图21和图22各自示出根据示例4的装置显示画面的示例。在示例4中,如果指定不能与第一装置一起执行协作功能的装置,呈现指示能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能的第二装置(协作伙伴装置)的引导。例如,假设MFP(B)、投影仪(C)和吹风机(D)被识别为装置。The guidance process according to Example 4 will be described with reference to FIGS. 21 and 22 . 21 and 22 each illustrate an example of a device display screen according to Example 4. FIG. In Example 4, if a device that cannot perform the cooperation function together with the first device is specified, guidance indicating a second device (a cooperation partner device) capable of performing the cooperation function together with the first device is presented. For example, assume that an MFP (B), a projector (C), and a hair dryer (D) are identified as devices.

如图21所示,装置显示画面68被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,并且与识别的装置(MFP(B)、投影仪(C)和吹风机(D))有关的装置图像70、72和76被显示在装置显示画面68上。As shown in FIG. 21, a device display screen 68 is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16, and device images 70, 70, 72 and 76 are displayed on the device display screen 68 .

在这种情况下,例如,如果用户选择MFP(B)作为第一装置并且用户指定与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70作为第一图像,则服务器14的确定单元38将MFP(B)识别为第一装置。例如,假设投影仪(C)对应于能够与作为第一装置的MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的第二装置并且吹风机(D)对应于不能与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的装置。在这种情况下,例如,假设用户通过指定与吹风机(D)有关的装置图像76、执行将与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70和与吹风机(D)有关的装置图像76彼此链接的操作、将装置图像70叠加在装置图像76上、或者将指示物置于装置图像70上然后将指示物移至装置图像76,来指定不能与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的吹风机(D)作为协作伙伴装置。在图21所示的示例中,如箭头102所指示,将装置图像70和装置图像76彼此链接的操作由用户执行。In this case, for example, if the user selects the MFP(B) as the first device and the user designates the device image 70 related to the MFP(B) as the first image, the determination unit 38 of the server 14 recognizes the MFP(B) for the first device. For example, assume that the projector (C) corresponds to a second device capable of performing a cooperative function with the MFP (B) as the first device and the blower (D) corresponds to a device that cannot perform a cooperative function with the MFP (B). In this case, for example, it is assumed that the user performs an operation of linking the device image 70 related to the MFP (B) and the device image 76 related to the hair dryer (D) to each other by specifying the device image 76 related to the hair dryer (D). , superimpose the device image 70 on the device image 76, or place the pointer on the device image 70 and then move the pointer to the device image 76 to designate the hair dryer (D) that cannot perform the cooperation function with the MFP (B) as a cooperation partner device. In the example shown in FIG. 21 , as indicated by arrow 102 , the operation of linking the device image 70 and the device image 76 to each other is performed by the user.

当用户将不能与作为第一装置的MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的吹风机(D)指定为协作伙伴装置时,服务器14的控制器36接收该指定并且执行控制以呈现指示投影仪(C)作为能够与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的第二装置的引导。因此,呈现指示投影仪(C)作为第二装置的引导。例如,如图22所示,终端设备16的控制器48使得指示投影仪(C)作为协作伙伴装置的箭头104显示在装置显示画面68上。例如,箭头104是将与作为第一装置的MFP(B)有关的装置图像70和与作为第二装置的投影仪(C)有关的装置图像72彼此链接的图像。当然,可通过使用声音或者显示字符串来呈现引导。When the user designates the hair dryer (D) that cannot perform the cooperation function together with the MFP (B) as the first device as the cooperation partner device, the controller 36 of the server 14 receives the designation and performs control to present the indicating projector (C) Guidance as a second device capable of performing cooperative functions together with the MFP (B). Therefore, a guide indicating the projector (C) as the second device is presented. For example, as shown in FIG. 22 , the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the arrow 104 indicating the projector (C) as a cooperation partner device to be displayed on the device display screen 68 . For example, the arrow 104 is an image linking the device image 70 related to the MFP (B) as the first device and the device image 72 related to the projector (C) as the second device to each other. Of course, the guidance can be presented by using sounds or displaying strings.

如上所述,在示例4中,如果指定不能与第一装置一起执行协作功能的装置,则执行控制以呈现指示能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能的第二装置的引导。如果每次指定第一装置时显示充当引导的箭头等,则箭头等可能使画面凌乱。在示例4中可避免这种情况。As described above, in Example 4, if a device that cannot perform a cooperative function with the first device is specified, control is performed to present a guide indicating a second device that can perform a cooperative function with the first device. If an arrow or the like serving as a guide is displayed every time the first device is designated, the arrow or the like may clutter the screen. This can be avoided in Example 4.

如示例1中一样,根据示例4的处理可适用于使用与功能有关的功能图像的情况。例如,如果指定不能与第一功能一起执行协作功能的功能,则呈现指示能够与第一功能一起执行协作功能的第二功能的引导。As in Example 1, the processing according to Example 4 is applicable to the case of using function images related to functions. For example, if a function that cannot perform the cooperative function together with the first function is specified, guidance indicating a second function that can perform the cooperative function together with the first function is presented.

示例5Example 5

将参照图23至图25描述示例5。图23至图25各自示出根据示例5的画面的示例。在示例5中,如果被用户指定为协作伙伴装置的装置因为该装置损坏或正在使用而不能与第一装置一起执行协作功能,则呈现指示能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能的另一装置的引导。在这种情况下,可优先呈现指示与被用户指定为协作伙伴装置的装置相同类型的装置(例如,具有相同类型的功能的装置)的引导。服务器14的控制器36从各个装置获得表示各个装置的操作状态(例如,装置是否正在执行处理、是否损坏、或者是否正在维护)的信息并且管理各个装置的操作状态。Example 5 will be described with reference to FIGS. 23 to 25 . 23 to 25 each show an example of a screen according to Example 5. In Example 5, if the device designated by the user as the collaborative partner device cannot perform the collaborative function with the first device because the device is damaged or in use, then a presentation indicating another device capable of performing the collaborative function with the first device is presented. guide. In this case, guidance indicating the same type of device (eg, a device having the same type of function) as the device designated by the user as the collaboration partner device may be preferentially presented. The controller 36 of the server 14 obtains information representing the operation status of the respective apparatuses (eg, whether the apparatus is performing processing, damaged, or under maintenance) from the respective apparatuses and manages the operation status of the respective apparatuses.

例如,假设MFP(B)以及投影仪(C)和(F)被识别为装置。如图23所示,装置显示画面68被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,并且与识别的装置(MFP(B)以及投影仪(C)和(F))有关的装置图像70、72和106被显示在装置显示画面68上。For example, assume that MFP (B) and projectors (C) and (F) are identified as devices. As shown in FIG. 23, a device display screen 68 is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16, and device images 70, 72 related to the recognized devices (MFP (B) and projectors (C) and (F)) and 106 are displayed on the device display screen 68 .

在这种情况下,例如,如果用户选择MFP(B)作为第一装置并且用户指定与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70作为第一图像,则服务器14的确定单元38将MFP(B)识别为第一装置。例如,假设投影仪(C)和(F)对应于能够与作为第一装置的MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的第二装置。例如,假设用户通过指定与投影仪(F)有关的装置图像106、执行将与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70和与投影仪(F)有关的装置图像106彼此链接的操作、将装置图像70叠加在装置图像106上、或者将指示物置于装置图像70上然后将指示物移至装置图像106,来指定投影仪(F)作为协作伙伴装置。在图23所示的示例中,如箭头108所指示的,将装置图像70和装置图像106彼此链接的操作由用户执行。In this case, for example, if the user selects the MFP(B) as the first device and the user designates the device image 70 related to the MFP(B) as the first image, the determination unit 38 of the server 14 recognizes the MFP(B) for the first device. For example, it is assumed that the projectors (C) and (F) correspond to second devices capable of performing a cooperative function together with the MFP (B) as the first device. For example, it is assumed that the user links the device image 106 related to the projector (F) by designating the device image 106 related to the projector (F), performs an operation of linking the device image 70 related to the MFP (B) and the device image 106 related to the projector (F) to each other 70 is superimposed on the device image 106, or the pointer is placed on the device image 70 and then moved to the device image 106 to designate the projector (F) as the partner device. In the example shown in FIG. 23 , as indicated by arrow 108 , the operation of linking the device image 70 and the device image 106 to each other is performed by the user.

当用户指定投影仪(F)作为协作伙伴装置时,服务器14的控制器36接收该指定并检查投影仪(F)的操作状态。例如,如果投影仪(F)损坏或正被使用,则服务器14的控制器36执行控制以呈现指示投影仪(F)以外的装置,即,能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能的另一装置的引导。控制器36可优先呈现指示与投影仪(F)相同类型的装置(例如,具有与投影仪(F)相同类型的功能的装置)的引导。例如,如果投影仪(C)是与投影仪(F)相同类型的装置,则优先呈现指示投影仪(C)作为第二装置的引导。在这种情况下,如图24所示,例如,终端设备16的控制器48使得指示投影仪(C)作为协作伙伴装置的箭头110显示在装置显示画面68上。例如,箭头110是将与作为第一装置的MFP(B)有关的装置图像70和与作为第二装置的投影仪(C)有关的装置图像72彼此链接的图像。When the user designates the projector (F) as the cooperation partner device, the controller 36 of the server 14 receives the designation and checks the operation state of the projector (F). For example, if the projector (F) is damaged or is being used, the controller 36 of the server 14 performs control to present a device other than the indicator projector (F), ie, another device capable of performing a cooperative function with the first device guide. Controller 36 may preferentially present guidance indicating the same type of device as projector (F) (eg, a device having the same type of functionality as projector (F)). For example, if projector (C) is the same type of device as projector (F), the guide indicating projector (C) as the second device is presented preferentially. In this case, as shown in FIG. 24 , for example, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the arrow 110 indicating the projector (C) as the cooperation partner device to be displayed on the device display screen 68 . For example, the arrow 110 is an image linking the device image 70 related to the MFP (B) as the first device and the device image 72 related to the projector (C) as the second device to each other.

如果用户指定损坏或正被使用的装置作为协作伙伴装置,则图25所示的画面112可在服务器14的控制器36的控制下显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,示出指示无法协作的原因的消息。If the user designates a damaged or in-use device as a cooperation partner device, the screen 112 shown in FIG. 25 may be displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 under the control of the controller 36 of the server 14, showing an indication indicating that cooperation cannot be performed the reason for the message.

如果损坏的装置在修理后变得可用或者如果正在执行处理的装置完成处理并且没有在执行处理,则服务器14的控制器36将该装置识别为能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能的装置。If the damaged device becomes available after repair or if the device performing the process completes the process and is not performing the process, the controller 36 of the server 14 identifies the device as a device capable of performing cooperative functions with the first device.

根据示例5,呈现指示没有损坏或者没有在使用的装置的引导,因此,可增加用户便利。另外,呈现指示与用户所指定的装置相同类型的装置的引导,因此,呈现指示用户预期要使用的装置的引导。According to Example 5, a guide indicating a device that is not damaged or not in use is presented, and thus, user convenience can be increased. In addition, guidance is presented indicating a device of the same type as the device specified by the user, and thus, guidance indicating the device the user intends to use is presented.

示例6Example 6

将参照图26描述根据示例6的引导处理。图26示出装置选择画面的示例。在示例6中,示出关于能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能的一个或更多个第二装置的信息的候选列表被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。The boot process according to Example 6 will be described with reference to FIG. 26 . FIG. 26 shows an example of a device selection screen. In Example 6, a candidate list showing information on one or more second devices capable of performing a cooperative function together with the first device is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 .

例如,假设MFP(B)和吹风机(D)被识别为装置并且与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70和与吹风机(D)有关的装置图像76被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,如图14A所示。在这种情况下,例如,如果用户选择MFP(B)作为第一装置并且用户指定与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70,则服务器14的确定单元38将MFP(B)识别为第一装置。例如,假设吹风机(D)是不能与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的装置。在这种情况下,例如,假设用户通过指定与吹风机(D)有关的装置图像76、执行将与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70和与吹风机(D)有关的装置图像76彼此链接的操作、将装置图像70叠加在装置图像76上、或者将指示物置于装置图像70上然后将指示物移至装置图像76,来指定吹风机(D)作为协作伙伴装置。For example, assuming that the MFP (B) and the hair dryer (D) are recognized as devices and the device image 70 related to the MFP (B) and the device image 76 related to the hair dryer (D) are displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16, As shown in Figure 14A. In this case, for example, if the user selects the MFP(B) as the first device and the user designates the device image 70 related to the MFP(B), the determination unit 38 of the server 14 recognizes the MFP(B) as the first device . For example, assume that the hair dryer (D) is a device that cannot perform a cooperative function together with the MFP (B). In this case, for example, it is assumed that the user performs an operation of linking the device image 70 related to the MFP (B) and the device image 76 related to the hair dryer (D) to each other by specifying the device image 76 related to the hair dryer (D). , superimpose the device image 70 on the device image 76, or place the pointer on the device image 70 and then move the pointer to the device image 76 to designate the hair dryer (D) as a partner device.

当用户指定不能与作为第一装置的MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的吹风机(D)作为协作伙伴装置时,服务器14的控制器36接收该指定,并且作为呈现指示能够与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的一个或更多个第二装置的引导的控制,执行控制以显示候选列表,该候选列表示出关于所述一个或更多个第二装置的信息。因此,如图26所示,装置选择画面114被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,并且候选列表被显示在装置选择画面114上。图14B所示的消息画面78可在装置选择画面114显示之前显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。When the user designates the hair dryer (D), which cannot perform the cooperation function together with the MFP (B) as the first device, as the cooperation partner device, the controller 36 of the server 14 receives the designation and is able to work with the MFP (B) as a presentation instruction Controlling the directing of the one or more second apparatuses performing the cooperative function, performing control to display a candidate list showing information about the one or more second apparatuses. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 26 , the device selection screen 114 is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 , and the candidate list is displayed on the device selection screen 114 . The message screen 78 shown in FIG. 14B may be displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 before the device selection screen 114 is displayed.

如图26所示,候选列表包括能够与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的各个装置的名称、与各个装置有关的装置图像、协作功能的示例(例如,协作功能的名称)等等。当然,候选列表可包括这些信息中的至少一个。各个装置图像可以是表示实际装置的外观的图像(以一对一关系与装置有关的图像),或者可以是示意性地描绘装置的图像(例如,图标)。例如,表示实际装置的外观的图像是通过拍摄装置的外观而生成的图像,并且是表示装置本身的图像。示意性地描绘装置的图像对应于表示装置的类型的图像。作为协作功能的示例,候选列表中包括一个协作功能的名称或者多个协作功能的名称。在显示多个协作功能的名称的情况下,各个协作功能的名称可按照与彼此协作的多个目标装置被指定的顺序对应的显示顺序来显示。例如,如果MFP和投影仪的组合能够执行多个协作功能(例如,协作功能A和B),则在当MFP被指定为第一装置时与当投影仪被指定为第一装置时之间,包括在候选列表中的多个协作功能的显示顺序可不同。例如,如果MFP被指定为第一装置,则各个协作功能的名称可按照协作功能A和协作功能B的顺序显示。如果投影仪被指定为第一装置,则各个协作功能的名称可按照协作功能B和协作功能A的顺序显示。As shown in FIG. 26 , the candidate list includes the names of respective devices capable of executing the cooperation function together with the MFP (B), device images related to the respective devices, examples of the cooperation function (eg, the name of the cooperation function), and the like. Of course, the candidate list may include at least one of these pieces of information. Each device image may be an image representing the appearance of an actual device (image related to the device in a one-to-one relationship), or may be an image (eg, an icon) that schematically depicts the device. For example, the image representing the appearance of the actual device is an image generated by photographing the appearance of the device, and is an image representing the device itself. An image schematically depicting a device corresponds to an image representing a type of device. As an example of a collaboration function, the candidate list includes the name of one collaboration function or the names of multiple collaboration functions. In the case of displaying the names of a plurality of cooperation functions, the names of the respective cooperation functions may be displayed in a display order corresponding to the order in which the plurality of target devices that cooperate with each other are designated. For example, if the combination of the MFP and the projector is capable of performing multiple cooperative functions (eg, cooperative functions A and B), between when the MFP is designated as the first device and when the projector is designated as the first device, The display order of the plurality of cooperation functions included in the candidate list may be different. For example, if the MFP is designated as the first device, the names of the respective cooperation functions may be displayed in the order of the cooperation function A and the cooperation function B. If the projector is designated as the first device, the names of the respective cooperation functions may be displayed in the order of the cooperation function B and the cooperation function A.

第二装置在候选列表中的布置顺序可基于例如各个第二装置的过去使用记录来确定。例如,服务器14的控制器36通过从各个装置获得表示装置的使用记录的信息来管理各个装置的使用记录。例如,控制器36在候选列表中按照使用频率的降序(使用次数的降序)显示第二装置。过去使用记录可以是指定第一图像的用户(例如,使用终端设备16的用户或者登入服务器14的用户)的使用记录,或者可以是包括另一用户的使用记录的使用记录。The arrangement order of the second devices in the candidate list may be determined based on, for example, past usage records of the respective second devices. For example, the controller 36 of the server 14 manages the usage records of the respective devices by obtaining information representing the usage records of the devices from the respective devices. For example, the controller 36 displays the second devices in descending order of usage frequency (descending order of usage count) in the candidate list. The past usage record may be a usage record of a user specifying the first image (eg, a user using the terminal device 16 or a user logging in to the server 14 ), or may be a usage record including another user's usage record.

又如,控制器36可在候选列表中按照可执行协作功能的数量的降序显示第二装置。例如,如果可通过投影仪和MFP(B)执行的协作功能的数量为3个并且如果可通过PC和MFP(B)执行的协作功能的数量为2个,则在候选列表中投影仪被显示在PC上面。As another example, the controller 36 may display the second devices in the candidate list in descending order of the number of executable cooperative functions. For example, if the number of cooperative functions executable by the projector and the MFP (B) is 3 and if the number of cooperative functions executable by the PC and the MFP (B) is 2, the projector is displayed in the candidate list on the PC.

如果各个装置的功能被更新并且如果协作功能管理信息34被更新,则控制器36根据该更新来更新候选列表中的第二装置的显示。例如,如果更新前不能与MFP一起执行协作功能的装置在更新后变得能够与MFP一起执行协作功能,则控制器36将该装置作为第二装置显示在候选列表中。此外,各个装置的使用记录随时间而更新,并且控制器36基于更新的使用记录来更新候选列表中的第二装置的显示顺序。If the functions of the respective devices are updated and if the cooperative function management information 34 is updated, the controller 36 updates the display of the second device in the candidate list according to the update. For example, if a device that was unable to perform the cooperative function with the MFP before the update becomes capable of performing the cooperative function with the MFP after the update, the controller 36 displays the device in the candidate list as the second device. In addition, the usage records of the respective devices are updated over time, and the controller 36 updates the display order of the second devices in the candidate list based on the updated usage records.

根据第一和第二装置的操作状态或周围环境,服务器14的控制器36可更新包括在候选列表中的第二装置或者可更新候选列表中的第二装置的显示顺序。The controller 36 of the server 14 may update the second devices included in the candidate list or may update the display order of the second devices in the candidate list according to the operation states of the first and second devices or the surrounding environment.

能够与MFP一起执行协作功能但是损坏或正被使用的装置未必被显示在候选列表上。同样在这种情况下,如果装置已修理或者已变得可用,则该装置被显示在候选列表上。Devices that are capable of performing cooperative functions with the MFP but are broken or in use are not necessarily displayed on the candidate list. Also in this case, if the device has been repaired or has become available, the device is displayed on the candidate list.

如果用户指定包括在候选列表中的装置名称或装置图像,则终端设备16的控制器48可在服务器14的控制器36的控制下使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示可通过作为第一装置的MFP与指定的装置执行的一个或更多个协作功能的列表。例如,如果指定候选列表中的投影仪,则终端设备16的控制器48使得UI单元46显示可通过MFP和投影仪执行的一个或更多个协作功能的列表。如果用户指定包括在候选列表中的协作功能,则执行控制以执行所指定的协作功能。If the user designates a device name or a device image included in the candidate list, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may cause the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 under the control of the controller 36 of the server 14 to display a display available through the A list of one or more cooperative functions that the MFP performs with the specified device. For example, if a projector in the candidate list is specified, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 to display a list of one or more cooperative functions that can be performed by the MFP and the projector. If the user designates a cooperation function included in the candidate list, control is performed to execute the designated cooperation function.

显示在候选列表中的各个第二装置可以是包括在服务器14中预先注册的装置群中的装置、包括在利用AR技术等识别的装置群中的装置、包括在显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上的装置群中的装置、或者包括在显示在UI单元46的画面中的特定区域中的装置群中的装置。例如,如果用户操作与装置有关的装置图像,则装置图像被显示在该特定区域中。第一装置也可以是包括在这些装置群中的装置。这同样适用于上述示例1至5以及下述示例。Each second device displayed in the candidate list may be a device included in a device group pre-registered in the server 14 , a device included in a device group identified using AR technology or the like, a UI unit displayed on the terminal device 16 A device in a device group on 46 , or a device in a device group included in a specific area displayed on the screen of the UI unit 46 . For example, if the user operates a device image related to the device, the device image is displayed in the specific area. The first device may also be a device included in these device groups. The same applies to Examples 1 to 5 above and the following examples.

如示例1中一样,根据示例6的处理可适用于使用与功能有关的功能图像的情况。例如,如果指定不能与第一功能一起执行协作功能的装置或功能,则可显示候选列表,该候选列表示出能够与第一功能一起执行协作功能的装置(候选第二装置)或功能(候选第二功能)。例如,候选列表中包括第二功能的名称、与第二功能有关的功能图像、协作功能的示例等等。另选地,如果指定不能与第一装置一起执行协作功能的功能,则可显示候选列表。As in Example 1, the processing according to Example 6 is applicable to the case of using function images related to functions. For example, if a device or function that cannot perform the cooperative function together with the first function is specified, a candidate list showing the device (candidate second device) or function (candidate second device) that can perform the cooperative function together with the first function may be displayed second function). For example, the name of the second function, a function image related to the second function, an example of a cooperation function, and the like are included in the candidate list. Alternatively, if a function that cannot perform the cooperative function together with the first device is specified, a candidate list may be displayed.

根据示例6,候选第二装置或候选第二功能作为候选列表而显示,这对用户可以是方便的。According to Example 6, candidate second devices or candidate second functions are displayed as a candidate list, which may be convenient for the user.

示例7Example 7

将参照图26至图32描述示例7。在示例7中,如示例6中一样,候选列表被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。Example 7 will be described with reference to FIGS. 26 to 32 . In Example 7, as in Example 6, the candidate list is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 .

如示例6中一样,假设用户指定MFP(B)作为第一装置并且用户指定不能与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的装置。服务器14的控制器36接收该指定,并且作为呈现指示能够与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的一个或更多个第二装置的引导的控制,执行控制以显示示出关于所述一个或更多个第二装置的信息的候选列表。因此,装置选择画面114被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,如图26所示。As in Example 6, it is assumed that the user designates the MFP(B) as the first device and the user designates a device that cannot perform the cooperative function together with the MFP(B). The controller 36 of the server 14 receives the designation and, as a control to present a guide indicating one or more second devices capable of performing a cooperative function together with the MFP (B), executes control to display a display showing information about the one or more second devices. A candidate list of information for a plurality of second devices. Therefore, the device selection screen 114 is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 as shown in FIG. 26 .

例如,如果用户指定装置名称,则终端设备16的控制器48在服务器14的控制器36的控制下使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示与所指定的装置相同类型的装置的列表(第二装置的列表)。例如,如果用户指定投影仪,则装置选择画面116被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,如图27所示。作为第二装置的投影仪的列表被显示在装置选择画面116上。例如,如果服务器14的确定单元38确定(识别)投影仪aaa、bbb和ccc作为与第二装置对应的投影仪,则显示示出这些投影仪的列表。用户从该列表选择要用作第二装置的投影仪。For example, if the user specifies a device name, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16, under the control of the controller 36 of the server 14, causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display a list of devices of the same type as the specified device (the second device list of). For example, if the user designates a projector, the device selection screen 116 is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 as shown in FIG. 27 . A list of projectors as the second device is displayed on the device selection screen 116 . For example, if the determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines (identifies) the projectors aaa, bbb, and ccc as projectors corresponding to the second device, a list showing these projectors is displayed. The user selects the projector to be used as the second device from the list.

此外,在装置选择画面116上显示询问用户是否增加协作的目标装置的消息。例如,如果用户指定第二装置,然后用户提供增加协作的目标装置的指令(例如,如果用户选择图27中的“是”),则装置选择画面118如图28所示显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,并且在装置选择画面118上显示候选列表,该候选列表示出关于能够与第一和第二装置一起执行协作功能的一个或更多个第三装置的信息。该候选列表具有与示出关于一个或更多个第二装置的信息的候选列表相同的配置。第三装置的显示顺序可不同于第二装置的候选列表中的显示顺序。如果用户指定第三装置,则如响应于第二装置的指定而显示的装置选择画面116(参见图27)中一样,显示第三装置的列表。这同样适用于增加第四装置、第五装置、等等的情况。Also, a message asking the user whether to add a target device for collaboration is displayed on the device selection screen 116 . For example, if the user specifies the second device, and then the user provides an instruction to add a target device for collaboration (for example, if the user selects "Yes" in FIG. 27 ), the device selection screen 118 is displayed on the terminal device 16 as shown in FIG. 28 . On the UI unit 46, and on the device selection screen 118, a candidate list showing information on one or more third devices capable of performing cooperative functions with the first and second devices is displayed. The candidate list has the same configuration as the candidate list showing information on one or more second devices. The display order of the third device may be different from the display order in the candidate list of the second device. If the user designates the third device, as in the device selection screen 116 (see FIG. 27 ) displayed in response to the designation of the second device, a list of the third device is displayed. The same applies to the addition of a fourth device, a fifth device, and so on.

如果示意性地描绘装置的图像(例如,图标)作为装置图像被包括在候选列表中并且如果用户指定该装置图像,则显示与该装置图像有关的第二装置(例如,投影仪)的列表,如图27所示。即,装置图像表示这种类型的装置,并且通常表示装置。因此,如果指定该装置图像,则显示与该装置图像有关的第二装置的列表。另一方面,表示实际装置的图像(以一对一关系与装置有关的图像)是表示装置本身的图像。因此,如果该装置图像被包括在候选列表中并由用户指定,则用户指定装置本身。在这种情况下,不显示图27所示的第二装置的列表,可仅显示询问用户是否增加协作的目标装置的消息。If an image (eg, an icon) schematically depicting a device is included in the candidate list as a device image and if the device image is designated by the user, a list of second devices (eg, a projector) related to the device image is displayed, As shown in Figure 27. That is, the device image represents this type of device, and generally represents the device. Therefore, if the device image is specified, a list of second devices related to the device image is displayed. On the other hand, an image representing an actual device (an image related to the device in a one-to-one relationship) is an image representing the device itself. Therefore, if the device image is included in the candidate list and designated by the user, the user designates the device itself. In this case, the list of the second devices shown in FIG. 27 is not displayed, and only a message asking the user whether to add a target device for cooperation may be displayed.

如果不增加协作的目标装置(例如,如果用户指定图27中的“否”),则终端设备16的控制器48在服务器14的控制器36的控制下使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示图29所示的功能选择画面120。可通过用户所指定的多个装置执行的协作功能的列表被显示在功能选择画面120上。例如,如果MFP(B)被指定为第一装置并且如果投影仪aaa被指定为第二装置,则显示可通过MFP(B)和投影仪aaa执行的协作功能的列表。如果用户从列表中指定协作功能并且提供执行协作功能的指令,则通过MFP(B)和投影仪aaa执行协作功能。If the target device for cooperation is not added (for example, if the user designates “No” in FIG. 27 ), the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display the diagram under the control of the controller 36 of the server 14 The function selection screen 120 shown in 29 is displayed. A list of cooperative functions executable by a plurality of devices designated by the user is displayed on the function selection screen 120 . For example, if the MFP (B) is designated as the first device and if the projector aaa is designated as the second device, a list of cooperative functions that can be performed by the MFP (B) and the projector aaa is displayed. If the user specifies the collaboration function from the list and provides an instruction to execute the collaboration function, the collaboration function is executed through the MFP(B) and the projector aaa.

另一方面,在执行协作功能的列表中未包括的协作功能的情况下,用户请求执行协作功能。例如,如图30所示,用于进行请求的画面122被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,并且用户在画面122上输入要执行的协作功能的名称。表示该请求的信息从终端设备16发送至服务器14。响应于请求的接收,服务器14的控制器36确定与该请求有关的协作功能是否可通过所指定的装置(例如,第一和第二装置)执行。如果与请求有关的协作功能不可执行,则终端设备16的控制器48在服务器14的控制器36的控制下使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示指示与请求有关的协作功能不可执行的消息,如图31所示。如果与请求有关的协作功能可执行,则终端设备16的控制器48在服务器14的控制器36的控制下使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示指示与请求有关的协作功能将要执行的消息,如图32所示。如果用户提供执行指令,则执行协作功能。另外,用户所请求的协作功能可被注册。例如,如图32所示,终端设备16的控制器48在服务器14的控制器36的控制下使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示询问用户是否将所请求的协作功能从现在起注册为候选协作功能的消息。如果用户选择“注册”,则关于所请求的协作功能的信息从现在起被注册在协作功能管理信息34中并在被包括在协作功能的列表中的同时显示。如果用户选择“不注册”,则关于所请求的协作功能的信息不被注册并且不被包括在协作功能的列表中。例如,如果所请求的协作功能对应于例外的处理,如果其它协作功能的使用频率更高,或者如果用户想要防止包括在列表中的协作功能的数量增加并且列表变得复杂的状况,则所请求的协作功能不被注册。On the other hand, in the case of executing a cooperative function not included in the list of cooperative functions, the user requests execution of the cooperative function. For example, as shown in FIG. 30 , a screen 122 for making a request is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 , and the user inputs the name of the cooperation function to be executed on the screen 122 . Information representing the request is sent from the terminal device 16 to the server 14 . In response to receipt of the request, the controller 36 of the server 14 determines whether the collaborative function associated with the request is executable by the designated devices (eg, the first and second devices). If the cooperative function related to the request is not executable, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16, under the control of the controller 36 of the server 14, causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display a message indicating that the cooperative function related to the request is not executable, such as shown in Figure 31. If the collaborative function related to the request is executable, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16, under the control of the controller 36 of the server 14, causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display a message indicating that the collaborative function related to the request is to be executed, such as shown in Figure 32. If the user provides an execution instruction, the cooperative function is executed. In addition, a collaboration function requested by the user can be registered. For example, as shown in FIG. 32, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16, under the control of the controller 36 of the server 14, causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display a display asking the user whether to register the requested cooperation function as a candidate for cooperation from now on function message. If the user selects "register", information on the requested cooperative function is registered in the cooperative function management information 34 from now on and displayed while being included in the list of cooperative functions. If the user selects "do not register", the information about the requested collaboration function is not registered and not included in the list of collaboration functions. For example, if the requested cooperation function corresponds to exceptional processing, if other cooperation functions are used more frequently, or if the user wants to prevent a situation in which the number of cooperation functions included in the list increases and the list becomes complicated, the The requested collaboration function was not registered.

如示例1中一样,根据示例7的处理可适用于使用与功能有关的功能图像的情况。As in Example 1, the processing according to Example 7 is applicable to the case of using function images related to functions.

根据示例7,候选第二装置或候选第二功能作为候选列表而显示,这对用户而言可以是方便的。另外,可利用候选列表容易地增加协作的目标装置。According to Example 7, candidate second devices or candidate second functions are displayed as a candidate list, which may be convenient for the user. In addition, the target devices for cooperation can be easily added using the candidate list.

示例8Example 8

将参照图33至图35描述示例8。在示例8中,如示例6和7中一样,候选列表被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。Example 8 will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 to 35 . In Example 8, as in Examples 6 and 7, the candidate list is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 .

如示例6和7中一样,假设用户指定MFP(B)作为第一装置并且用户指定不能与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的装置。在这种情况下,如图26所示,装置选择画面114被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。As in Examples 6 and 7, it is assumed that the user designates the MFP(B) as the first device and the user designates a device that cannot perform the cooperative function together with the MFP(B). In this case, as shown in FIG. 26 , the device selection screen 114 is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 .

如果用户在装置选择画面114上指定协作功能(例如,“打印显示画面”),则终端设备16的控制器48在服务器14的控制器36的控制下使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示图33所示的装置选择画面124。在装置选择画面124上,显示执行用户所指定的协作功能(例如,“打印显示画面”)所需的装置(即,能够执行协作功能的装置)的列表(第二装置的列表)。如果用户在列表中指定装置(第二装置)并且如果用户提供执行协作功能的指令,则通过用户所指定的第一和第二装置来执行用户所指定的协作功能。33 The device selection screen 124 is shown. On the device selection screen 124, a list (a second device list) of devices (ie, devices capable of executing the cooperation function) necessary to execute the cooperation function designated by the user (eg, "print display screen") is displayed. If the user designates a device (second device) in the list and if the user provides an instruction to execute the cooperation function, the user-designated cooperation function is executed through the first and second devices designated by the user.

如果用户提供选择装置选择画面124上所显示的装置列表中没有包括的装置的指令(如果响应于询问“你要选择另一装置吗?”,选择“是”),则终端设备16的控制器48在服务器14的控制器36的控制下使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示图34所示的装置选择画面126。在装置选择画面126上,显示能够执行用户所指定的协作功能的另一装置的候选列表。在装置选择画面126上如果用户指定装置(第二装置)并且如果用户提供执行协作功能的指令,则通过用户所指定的第一和第二装置来执行用户所指定的协作功能。If the user provides an instruction to select a device not included in the device list displayed on the device selection screen 124 (if "Yes" is selected in response to the query "Do you want to select another device?"), the controller of the terminal device 16 48 causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display the device selection screen 126 shown in FIG. 34 under the control of the controller 36 of the server 14. On the device selection screen 126, a candidate list of another device capable of executing the collaboration function designated by the user is displayed. If the user designates a device (second device) on the device selection screen 126 and if the user provides an instruction to execute the cooperation function, the cooperation function designated by the user is executed by the first and second devices designated by the user.

如果用户提供选择装置选择画面126上所显示的装置列表中没有包括的装置的指令(如果响应于询问“你要选择另一装置吗?”,选择“是”),则终端设备16的控制器48在服务器14的控制器36的控制下使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示图35所示的画面128,该画面128用于输入关于协作的目标装置的信息。用户在画面128上输入关于协作的目标装置的信息(例如,装置的名称或类型)。用户所输入的关于目标装置的信息从终端设备16发送至服务器14。响应于信息的接收,服务器14的控制器36确定用户所指定的协作功能是否可通过第一装置和用户所指定的目标装置来执行。如果协作功能不可执行,则终端设备16的控制器48在服务器14的控制器36的控制下使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示用于设定另一装置作为目标装置的画面。如果协作功能可执行并且如果提供执行协作功能的指令,则通过用户所指定的第一和第二装置(彼此协作的目标装置)来执行用户所指定的协作功能。If the user provides an instruction to select a device not included in the device list displayed on the device selection screen 126 (if "Yes" is selected in response to the query "Do you want to select another device?"), the controller of the terminal device 16 48 causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display a screen 128 shown in FIG. 35 for inputting information on a target apparatus for cooperation under the control of the controller 36 of the server 14. The user enters information (eg, the name or type of device) about the target device of the collaboration on screen 128 . The information about the target device input by the user is sent from the terminal device 16 to the server 14 . In response to receiving the information, the controller 36 of the server 14 determines whether the collaborative function specified by the user is executable by the first device and the target device specified by the user. If the cooperation function is not executable, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display a screen for setting another device as a target device under the control of the controller 36 of the server 14 . If the cooperation function is executable and if an instruction to execute the cooperation function is provided, the user-designated cooperation function is executed through the first and second devices (target devices that cooperate with each other) designated by the user.

如示例1中一样,根据示例8的处理可适用于使用与功能有关的功能图像的情况。As in Example 1, the processing according to Example 8 is applicable to the case of using function images related to functions.

根据示例8,当在候选列表中指定协作功能时,显示执行该协作功能所需的装置,因此,可增加选择装置的用户便利。According to Example 8, when a cooperative function is specified in the candidate list, a device necessary to execute the cooperative function is displayed, and thus, the user's convenience for selecting a device can be increased.

示例性实施方式可适用于多个用户使用多个装置的环境。例如,即使从装置去除诸如触摸屏的用户接口,终端设备16也用作用户接口。在另一情况下,例如,如果用户在旅途中临时使用装置,则由终端设备16来实现适合于用户的用户接口,即,显示用户所指定的装置的一个或更多个功能以及使用该装置的一个或更多个协作功能的用户接口。Exemplary embodiments are applicable to environments where multiple users use multiple devices. For example, the terminal device 16 functions as a user interface even if a user interface such as a touch screen is removed from the apparatus. In another case, for example, if the user temporarily uses the device while traveling, the terminal device 16 implements a user interface suitable for the user, ie, displaying one or more functions of the device designated by the user and using the device A user interface for one or more collaboration functions.

以下,将描述与示例1至8有关的处理。Hereinafter, processing related to Examples 1 to 8 will be described.

切换关于协作功能的信息的显示的处理Processing of switching the display of information about the collaboration function

在示例性实施方式中,关于协作功能的信息的显示可根据与装置有关的装置图像彼此链接的顺序而切换。在这种情况下,如果被指定为协作伙伴装置的装置是不能与第一装置一起执行协作功能,则如上述示例1至8中一样,执行控制以呈现指示能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能的第二装置的引导。另一方面,如果用户指定能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能的第二装置,则关于协作功能的信息的显示根据装置图像彼此链接的顺序而切换。以下,将参照图36至图38B详细描述此处理。In an exemplary embodiment, the display of the information on the cooperation function may be switched according to the order in which the device images related to the device are linked to each other. In this case, if the device designated as the cooperation partner device is incapable of performing the cooperation function together with the first device, as in Examples 1 to 8 above, control is performed to present the indication that the cooperation function can be performed together with the first device the guide of the second device. On the other hand, if the user designates a second device capable of performing the cooperation function together with the first device, the display of information on the cooperation function is switched according to the order in which the device images are linked to each other. Hereinafter, this process will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 36 to 38B .

图36示出作为协作功能管理信息34的另一示例的协作功能管理表。在该协作功能管理表中,例如,表示装置ID的组合的信息、表示彼此协作的目标装置的名称(类型)的信息、表示一个或更多个协作功能的信息(协作功能信息)、表示链接顺序的信息以及表示优先顺序的信息彼此关联。链接顺序对应于与装置有关的装置图像彼此链接的顺序。优先顺序是关于协作功能的信息被显示的优先顺序。例如,具有装置ID“A”的装置是PC,具有装置ID“B”的装置是MFP。PC(A)与MFP(B)之间的协作实现例如扫描并传送功能和打印功能作为协作功能。扫描并传送功能是将通过由MFP(B)扫描而生成的图像数据传送至PC(A)的功能。打印功能是将存储在PC(A)中的数据(例如,图像数据或文档数据)发送至MFP(B)并由MFP(B)打印该数据的功能。例如,如果从MFP(B)至PC(A)进行链接,即,如果从与MFP(B)有关的装置图像至与PC(A)有关的装置图像进行链接,则扫描并传送功能的优先顺序为“1”,打印功能的优先顺序为“2”。在这种情况下,关于扫描并传送功能的信息优先于关于打印功能的信息而显示。另一方面,如果从PC(A)至MFP(B)进行链接,即,如果从与PC(A)有关的装置图像至与MFP(B)有关的装置图像进行链接,则打印功能的优先顺序为“1”,扫描并传送功能的优先顺序为“2”。在这种情况下,关于打印功能的信息优先于关于扫描并传送功能的信息而显示。FIG. 36 shows a cooperation function management table as another example of the cooperation function management information 34. In this cooperation function management table, for example, information representing a combination of device IDs, information representing names (types) of target devices that cooperate with each other, information representing one or more cooperation functions (cooperation function information), information representing links The order information and the information indicating the priority order are associated with each other. The linking order corresponds to the order in which the device images related to the devices are linked to each other. The priority order is the priority order in which the information on the cooperation function is displayed. For example, a device with device ID "A" is a PC, and a device with device ID "B" is an MFP. The cooperation between the PC (A) and the MFP (B) realizes, for example, a scan and transfer function and a print function as a cooperation function. The scan and transfer function is a function of transferring image data generated by scanning with the MFP (B) to the PC (A). The print function is a function of sending data (eg, image data or document data) stored in the PC (A) to the MFP (B) and printing the data by the MFP (B). For example, if linking from MFP(B) to PC(A), that is, if linking from a device image related to MFP(B) to a device image related to PC(A), the priority order of scan and transfer function is "1", and the priority order of the print function is "2". In this case, the information on the scan and transfer function is displayed in preference to the information on the print function. On the other hand, if linking from PC(A) to MFP(B), that is, if linking from a device image related to PC(A) to a device image related to MFP(B), the priority order of printing functions is "1", and the priority order of the scan and transmit function is "2". In this case, the information on the print function is displayed in preference to the information on the scan and transfer function.

图37A至图38B各自示出显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上的画面的示例。例如,假设MFP(B)和PC(A)被识别。如图37A所示,装置显示画面68被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,并且与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70以及与PC(A)有关的装置图像88被显示在装置显示画面68上。在这种状态下,用户利用指示物(例如,用户的手指、笔或手写笔)将表示目标装置的装置图像彼此链接。终端设备16的控制器48检测指示物在装置显示画面68上的触摸,并且检测指示物在装置显示画面68上的移动。例如,如箭头130所指示的,用户利用操作物来触摸装置显示画面68上的装置图像70并且将操作物移至装置显示画面68上的装置图像88,由此将装置图像70链接至装置图像88。因此,与装置图像70有关的MFP(B)以及与装置图像88有关的PC(A)被指定为彼此协作的目标装置并且指定链接顺序。装置图像被链接的顺序对应于链接顺序。MFP(B)对应于第一装置,PC(A)对应于第二装置。在图37A所示的示例中,从装置图像70至装置图像88,即,从MFP(B)至PC(A)进行链接。表示装置的链接顺序的信息从终端设备16发送至服务器14。终端设备16的控制器48可使得表示用户所执行的移动轨迹的图像显示在装置显示画面68上。在装置彼此链接之后,终端设备16的控制器48可利用预定直线等替换该轨迹,并且可使得所述直线显示在装置显示画面68上。37A to 38B each show an example of a screen displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 . For example, assume that MFP (B) and PC (A) are identified. As shown in FIG. 37A, the device display screen 68 is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16, and the device image 70 related to the MFP (B) and the device image 88 related to the PC (A) are displayed on the device display screen 68 on. In this state, the user links the device images representing the target device to each other using a pointer (eg, the user's finger, pen, or stylus). The controller 48 of the terminal device 16 detects the touch of the pointer on the device display screen 68 and detects the movement of the pointer on the device display screen 68 . For example, as indicated by arrow 130, the user touches the device image 70 on the device display screen 68 with the operator and moves the operator to the device image 88 on the device display screen 68, thereby linking the device image 70 to the device image 88. Therefore, the MFP (B) related to the device image 70 and the PC (A) related to the device image 88 are designated as target devices cooperating with each other and the link order is designated. The order in which the device images are linked corresponds to the linking order. The MFP (B) corresponds to the first device, and the PC (A) corresponds to the second device. In the example shown in FIG. 37A, the linking is made from the device image 70 to the device image 88, that is, from the MFP (B) to the PC (A). Information indicating the link order of the devices is transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the server 14 . The controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may cause an image representing the movement trajectory performed by the user to be displayed on the device display screen 68 . After the devices are linked to each other, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 can replace the trajectory with a predetermined straight line or the like, and can cause the straight line to be displayed on the device display screen 68 .

当按照上述方式指定彼此协作的目标装置(例如,MFP(B)和PC(A))时,服务器14的确定单元38在图36所示的协作功能管理表中确定与PC(A)和MFP(B)的组合关联的协作功能。因此,确定通过PC(A)与MFP(B)之间的协作执行的协作功能。当用户指定装置的链接顺序时,确定单元38在协作功能管理表中确定与该链接顺序关联的优先顺序。具体地,参照图36,由于PC(A)和MFP(B)被指定为彼此协作的目标装置,所以通过这些装置执行的协作功能是扫描并传送功能和打印功能。另外,由于从MFP(B)至PC(A)(B→A)进行链接,所以扫描并传送功能的优先顺序为“1”,打印功能的优先顺序为“2”。When the target devices (for example, MFP(B) and PC(A)) cooperating with each other are specified in the above-described manner, the determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines in the cooperation function management table shown in FIG. 36 the cooperation with the PC(A) and the MFP (B) Combination of associated collaborative functions. Therefore, the cooperative function performed by the cooperation between the PC (A) and the MFP (B) is determined. When the user designates the link order of the devices, the determination unit 38 determines the priority order associated with the link order in the cooperation function management table. Specifically, referring to FIG. 36 , since the PC (A) and the MFP (B) are designated as target devices that cooperate with each other, the cooperation functions performed by these devices are the scan and transfer function and the print function. In addition, since the link is made from the MFP (B) to the PC (A) (B→A), the priority order of the scan and transfer function is "1", and the priority order of the print function is "2".

关于所确定的协作功能的信息以及关于所确定的优先顺序的信息从服务器14发送至终端设备16。终端设备16的控制器48使得UI单元46根据优先顺序显示关于协作功能的信息作为关于候选协作功能的信息。Information about the determined cooperation function and information about the determined priority order are sent from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 . The controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 to display the information on the cooperative function as the information on the candidate cooperative function according to the priority order.

例如,如图37B所示,终端设备16的控制器48使得UI单元46显示协作功能显示画面132并且在协作功能显示画面132上显示关于候选协作功能的信息。由于扫描并传送功能的优先顺序为“1”,并且打印功能的优先顺序为“2”,所以关于扫描并传送功能的信息优先于关于打印功能的信息(例如,在其上方)显示。例如,作为关于扫描并传送功能的信息,显示扫描并传送功能的说明“将MFP(B)扫描的数据传送至PC(A)”。此外,作为关于打印功能的信息,显示打印功能的说明“打印PC(A)中的数据”。For example, as shown in FIG. 37B , the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 to display the cooperation function display screen 132 and display information on the cooperation function candidates on the cooperation function display screen 132 . Since the priority order of the scan and transfer function is "1" and the priority order of the print function is "2", the information on the scan and transfer function is displayed in priority (eg, above) the information on the print function. For example, as the information on the scan and transfer function, a description of the scan and transfer function "transfer data scanned by the MFP (B) to the PC (A)" is displayed. Further, as the information on the print function, a description of the print function "Print data in PC (A)" is displayed.

如果用户指定协作功能并且提供执行指令,则执行所指定的协作功能。例如,如果用户按压“是”按钮,则执行与“是”按钮有关的协作功能。此外,“后退”按钮被显示在协作功能显示画面132上。如果用户按压“后退”按钮,则连接装置的处理停止。If the user specifies a cooperative function and provides an execution instruction, the specified cooperative function is executed. For example, if the user presses the "Yes" button, the collaborative function associated with the "Yes" button is performed. In addition, a “back” button is displayed on the cooperation function display screen 132 . If the user presses the "back" button, the process of connecting the device stops.

确定协作功能的处理和确定优先顺序的处理可由终端设备16执行。The process of determining the cooperation function and the process of determining the priority order may be performed by the terminal device 16 .

代替在装置图像之间移动操作物,通过围绕装置图像绘制圆,可指定彼此协作的目标装置并且可指定其链接顺序。例如,绘制操作的顺序对应于链接顺序。另选地,可根据用户所提供的语音指令来指定彼此协作的目标装置及其链接顺序。Instead of moving the operator between device images, by drawing circles around the device images, target devices that cooperate with each other can be specified and their link order can be specified. For example, the order of drawing operations corresponds to the linking order. Alternatively, target devices cooperating with each other and their link order may be specified according to a voice instruction provided by the user.

图38A和图38B示出另一操作的示例。例如,如图38A所示,用户利用操作物触摸装置显示画面68上的装置图像88并且在箭头134所指示的方向上将操作物移至装置图像70,从而将装置图像88链接至装置图像70。因此,与装置图像88有关的PC(A)以及与装置图像70有关的MFP(B)被指定为彼此协作的目标装置,并且还指定链接顺序。在此示例中,从装置图像88至装置图像70,即,从PC(A)至MFP(B)进行链接。参考图36所示的协作功能管理表,打印功能的优先顺序为“1”,并且扫描并传送功能的优先顺序为“2”。在这种情况下,如图38B所示,在协作功能显示画面136上关于打印功能的信息优先于关于扫描并传送功能的信息(例如,在其上方)显示。38A and 38B illustrate an example of another operation. For example, as shown in FIG. 38A, the user touches the device image 88 on the device display screen 68 with the operator and moves the operator to the device image 70 in the direction indicated by the arrow 134, thereby linking the device image 88 to the device image 70 . Therefore, the PC (A) related to the device image 88 and the MFP (B) related to the device image 70 are designated as target devices cooperating with each other, and the link order is also designated. In this example, the linking is made from device image 88 to device image 70, ie, from PC (A) to MFP (B). Referring to the cooperation function management table shown in FIG. 36, the priority order of the print function is "1", and the priority order of the scan and transfer function is "2". In this case, as shown in FIG. 38B , the information on the print function is displayed in priority over (eg, above) the information on the scan and transfer function on the cooperation function display screen 136 .

如上所述,与装置有关的装置图像彼此链接,从而确定使用该装置的功能的协作功能。根据图像彼此链接的顺序,即,装置彼此链接的顺序,关于协作功能的信息的显示顺序改变。装置的链接顺序也被视为在各个装置中使用功能的顺序或者数据在彼此协作的装置之间移动的顺序。将装置链接的操作(将图像链接的操作)也被视为指定功能使用的顺序或者数据移动的顺序的操作。因此,作为根据链接顺序改变关于协作功能的信息的显示顺序的结果,优先显示关于用户预期要使用的协作功能的信息。换言之,优先显示关于用户更有可能使用的协作功能的信息。例如,如果从MFP(B)至PC(A)进行链接,则预期用户将使用“首先使用MFP(B)的功能,然后将数据从MFP(B)传送至PC(A)”的协作功能。另一方面,如果从PC(A)至MFP(B)进行链接,则预期用户将使用“首先使用PC(A)的功能,然后将数据从PC(A)传送至MFP(B)”的协作功能。因此,作为根据图像的链接顺序改变关于协作功能的信息的显示顺序的结果,优先显示关于用户更有可能使用的协作功能的信息。另外,指定功能使用的顺序或者数据移动的顺序而无需将装置图像链接的操作以外的特殊操作,并且显示关于用户预期要使用的协作功能的信息。As described above, the device images related to the device are linked to each other, thereby determining a cooperative function using the function of the device. According to the order in which the images are linked to each other, that is, the order in which the devices are linked to each other, the display order of the information on the cooperative function changes. The linking order of the devices is also regarded as the order in which functions are used in the respective devices or the order in which data is moved between the devices cooperating with each other. The operation of linking devices (operation of linking images) is also regarded as an operation of specifying the order of function use or the order of data movement. Therefore, as a result of changing the display order of the information about the collaboration function according to the link order, the information about the collaboration function that the user expects to use is preferentially displayed. In other words, information on collaboration functions that the user is more likely to use is preferentially displayed. For example, if linking from MFP(B) to PC(A), the user is expected to use the collaboration function of "first use the function of MFP(B), then transfer data from MFP(B) to PC(A)". On the other hand, if linking from PC(A) to MFP(B), users are expected to use the collaboration of "first use the functions of PC(A), then transfer data from PC(A) to MFP(B)" Function. Therefore, as a result of changing the display order of the information about the collaboration function according to the link order of the images, the information about the collaboration function that the user is more likely to use is preferentially displayed. In addition, the order of function use or the order of data movement is specified without a special operation other than the operation of linking the device images, and information on the cooperative function expected to be used by the user is displayed.

上述显示切换处理可适用于使用与功能有关的功能图像的情况。例如,根据与第一功能有关的功能图像以及与第二功能有关的功能图像被指定的顺序,切换关于协作功能的信息的显示。The above-described display switching processing can be applied to the case of using function images related to functions. For example, according to the order in which the function image related to the first function and the function image related to the second function are designated, the display of the information related to the cooperation function is switched.

上述显示切换处理可适用于关于根据示例6等的候选列表(例如,参见图26)中所显示的协作功能的信息。即,如果MFP(B)被指定为第一装置,则PC(A)作为候选第二装置(候选协作伙伴)显示在候选列表中,并且关于多个协作功能的信息作为关于与PC(A)有关的协作功能的信息(关于可通过MFP(B)和PC(A)执行的协作功能的信息)按照图37B所示的顺序显示。另一方面,如果PC(A)被指定为第一装置,则MFP(B)作为候选第二装置(候选协作伙伴)显示在候选列表中,并且关于多个协作功能的信息作为关于与MFP(B)有关的协作功能的信息按照图38B所示的顺序显示。The above-described display switching process can be applied to the information on the cooperation function displayed in the candidate list (for example, see FIG. 26 ) according to Example 6 and the like. That is, if the MFP (B) is designated as the first device, the PC (A) is displayed in the candidate list as a candidate second device (candidate cooperation partner), and the information on the plurality of cooperation functions is The information on the related cooperative functions (information on the cooperative functions executable by the MFP (B) and the PC (A)) is displayed in the order shown in FIG. 37B . On the other hand, if the PC (A) is designated as the first device, the MFP (B) is displayed in the candidate list as a candidate second device (candidate cooperation partner), and the information on the plurality of cooperation functions is displayed as a B) The information about the cooperation function is displayed in the order shown in FIG. 38B.

使用部分图像的协作处理Collaborative processing using partial images

指派给协作功能的装置的功能可根据与装置有关的装置图像中的位置而变化。当用户指定装置图像中的特定位置时,优先显示关于使用与该特定位置对应的功能的协作功能的信息。以下,将详细描述该处理。The function of the device assigned to the collaborative function may vary according to the location in the device image relative to the device. When the user designates a specific position in the device image, information on the cooperation function using the function corresponding to the specific position is preferentially displayed. Hereinafter, this process will be described in detail.

图39示出装置功能管理表的示例。装置功能管理表的数据作为装置功能管理信息32被存储在服务器14中。在装置功能管理表中,例如,装置ID、表示装置的名称(例如,类型)的信息、表示装置图像中的位置的信息、表示与该位置对应的功能的信息(功能信息)以及图像ID彼此关联。装置图像中的位置是与装置有关的装置图像中的特定位置(特定部分),例如,示意性地表示装置的装置图像中的特定位置或者由相机捕获的装置图像中的特定位置。不同功能与装置图像中的各个特定位置关联。FIG. 39 shows an example of the device function management table. The data of the device function management table is stored in the server 14 as the device function management information 32 . In the device function management table, for example, the device ID, the information indicating the name (eg, type) of the device, the information indicating the position in the device image, the information (function information) indicating the function corresponding to the position, and the image ID are each other association. The position in the device image is a specific position (specific part) in the device image related to the device, eg, a specific position in the device image schematically representing the device or a specific position in the device image captured by a camera. Different functions are associated with each specific location in the device image.

图40A和图40B各自示出显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上的画面的示例。例如,假设MFP(B)和PC(A)被识别。如图40A所示,装置显示画面68被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,并且装置图像70和88被显示在装置显示画面68上。例如,在装置图像70中,与MFP(B)的本体部对应的特定位置(部分图像70a)被指派打印功能。在装置图像70中,与MFP(B)的文档盖、文档玻璃和自动文档馈送器对应的特定位置(部分图像70b)被指派扫描功能。在装置图像70中,与后处理设备对应的特定位置(部分图像70c)被指派装订功能。装订功能是装订输出的纸张的功能。在装置图像88中,与PC(A)的本体部对应的特定位置(部分图像88a)被指派数据存储功能。在装置图像88中,与PC(A)的显示部对应的特定位置(部分图像88b)被指派画面显示功能。数据存储功能是将从另一设备接收的数据存储在PC(A)中的功能。画面显示功能是将从另一设备接收的数据显示在PC(A)中的功能。40A and 40B each show an example of a screen displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 . For example, assume that MFP (B) and PC (A) are identified. As shown in FIG. 40A , a device display screen 68 is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 , and device images 70 and 88 are displayed on the device display screen 68 . For example, in the device image 70, a specific position (partial image 70a) corresponding to the body portion of the MFP (B) is assigned a print function. In the device image 70, specific positions (partial image 70b) corresponding to the document cover, document glass, and automatic document feeder of the MFP (B) are assigned a scan function. In the device image 70, a specific position (partial image 70c) corresponding to the post-processing device is assigned a bookbinding function. The binding function is a function of binding output sheets. In the device image 88, a specific position (partial image 88a) corresponding to the main body of the PC (A) is assigned a data storage function. In the device image 88, a screen display function is assigned to a specific position (partial image 88b) corresponding to the display portion of the PC (A). The data storage function is a function of storing data received from another device in the PC (A). The screen display function is a function to display data received from another device on the PC (A).

终端设备16的控制器48可使得指派给装置图像中的特定位置的功能的名称(例如,打印、扫描等)显示在装置显示画面68上。因此,向用户提供清楚地表示特定位置与功能之间的对应关系的信息。当然,功能的名称未必显示。The controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may cause the name of the function (eg, print, scan, etc.) assigned to a particular location in the device image to be displayed on the device display screen 68 . Therefore, the user is provided with information clearly representing the correspondence between the specific position and the function. Of course, the name of the function is not necessarily displayed.

当用户指定装置图像中指派有功能的位置时,指派给所指定的位置的功能被指定为彼此协作的目标功能。用户利用指示物将表示彼此协作的目标装置的装置图像中指派有功能的特定位置(部分图像)链接。例如,如箭头138所指示的,用户利用操作物触摸装置显示画面68上的部分图像70b并且将操作物移至部分图像88b,从而将部分图像70b链接至部分图像88b。因此,与包括部分图像70b的装置图像70有关的MFP(B)以及与包括部分图像88b的装置图像88有关的PC(A)被指定为彼此协作的目标装置,并且指派给部分图像70b的扫描功能和指派给部分图像88b的画面显示功能被指定。此外,可通过链接操作指定链接顺序。在这种情况下,部分图像被链接的顺序对应于链接顺序。在图40A所示的示例中,从部分图像70b至部分图像88b,即,从MFP(B)至PC(A)进行链接。扫描功能和画面显示功能被指定为用于协作功能的功能。表示装置的链接顺序的信息以及表示用户在装置图像中指定的特定位置的信息从终端设备16发送至服务器14。When the user designates a position in the device image to which a function is assigned, the functions assigned to the designated position are designated as target functions that cooperate with each other. The user links a specific position (partial image) to which a function is assigned in the device image representing the target device cooperating with each other using the pointer. For example, as indicated by arrow 138, the user touches the partial image 70b on the device display screen 68 with the operator and moves the operator to the partial image 88b, thereby linking the partial image 70b to the partial image 88b. Therefore, the MFP (B) related to the device image 70 including the partial image 70b and the PC (A) related to the device image 88 including the partial image 88b are designated as target devices cooperating with each other, and assigned to the scanning of the partial image 70b The function and the screen display function assigned to the partial image 88b are designated. In addition, the chaining order can be specified through the chaining operation. In this case, the order in which the partial images are linked corresponds to the linking order. In the example shown in FIG. 40A, the linking is performed from the partial image 70b to the partial image 88b, that is, from the MFP (B) to the PC (A). The scan function and the screen display function are designated as functions for the cooperation function. Information representing the link order of the devices and information representing the specific position designated by the user in the device image are transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the server 14 .

当彼此协作的目标装置(例如,PC(A)和MFP(B))被识别时,服务器14的确定单元38在图7所示的协作功能管理表中确定通过PC(A)和MFP(B)之间的协作实现的协作功能。此外,确定单元38参考图39所示的装置功能管理表来确定指派给用户在装置图像中指定的特定位置的功能。此外,在通过PC(A)和MFP(B)之间的协作实现的协作功能当中,确定单元38向使用指派给用户所指定的位置的功能的协作功能指派较高优先级,向不使用所述功能的协作功能指派较低优先级。When the target devices (for example, PC(A) and MFP(B)) cooperating with each other are identified, the determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines in the cooperation function management table shown in FIG. ) is a collaboration function implemented by collaboration between . Further, the determination unit 38 refers to the device function management table shown in FIG. 39 to determine the function assigned to the specific position designated by the user in the device image. Furthermore, among the cooperative functions realized by the cooperation between the PC (A) and the MFP (B), the determination unit 38 assigns higher priority to the cooperative functions that use the functions assigned to the position designated by the user, and to those that do not use all the functions A lower priority is assigned to cooperating functions of the aforementioned functions.

关于以上述方式确定的协作功能的信息以及表示优先顺序的信息从服务器14发送至终端设备16。终端设备16的控制器48使得UI单元46根据优先顺序显示关于协作功能的信息,作为关于候选协作功能的信息。The information on the cooperative function determined in the above-described manner and the information indicating the priority order are transmitted from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 . The controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 to display the information on the cooperative function according to the priority order as the information on the candidate cooperative function.

例如,如图40B所示,终端设备16的控制器48使得UI单元46的显示器显示协作功能显示画面140并且在协作功能显示画面140上显示关于候选协作功能的信息。由于用户按照此顺序指定扫描功能和画面显示功能,所以关于通过扫描功能和画面显示功能之间的协作执行的协作功能,扫描、传送并显示功能的信息优先于关于其它协作功能的信息(例如,在其上方)显示。例如,关于扫描、传送并显示功能的信息优先于关于通过扫描功能和数据存储功能之间的协作执行的协作功能,扫描、传送并存储功能的信息显示。扫描、传送并显示功能是将通过由MFP(B)扫描而生成的数据传送至PC(A)并将该数据显示在PC(A)的画面上的功能。扫描、传送并存储功能是将通过由MFP(B)扫描而生成的数据传送至PC(A)并将该数据存储在PC(A)中的功能。在图40B所示的示例中,各个协作功能的说明被显示作为关于各个协作功能的信息。For example, as shown in FIG. 40B , the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the display of the UI unit 46 to display the cooperation function display screen 140 and displays information on the candidate cooperation function on the cooperation function display screen 140 . Since the user specifies the scan function and the screen display function in this order, with regard to the cooperative function performed by the cooperation between the scan function and the screen display function, the information on the scan, transfer and display function takes precedence over the information on other cooperative functions (for example, above it). For example, information on the scan, transfer and display function takes precedence over information display on the scan, transfer and store function performed through cooperation between the scan function and the data storage function. The scan, transfer, and display function is a function of transferring data generated by scanning with the MFP (B) to the PC (A) and displaying the data on the screen of the PC (A). The scan, transfer, and store function is a function of transferring data generated by scanning by the MFP (B) to the PC (A) and storing the data in the PC (A). In the example shown in FIG. 40B , descriptions of the respective cooperation functions are displayed as information on the respective cooperation functions.

根据使用部分图像的协作处理,在彼此协作的各个目标装置具有多个功能的情况下,单独地指定功能,并且优先显示关于使用所指定的功能的协作功能的信息。因此,优先显示预期用户要使用的协作功能。According to the cooperation process using the partial image, in the case where each target device cooperating with each other has a plurality of functions, the functions are individually designated, and information on the cooperation functions using the designated functions is preferentially displayed. Therefore, priority is given to displaying collaboration functions that are intended for users to use.

协作功能可以是使用装置的部分的组合的功能、使用整个装置与装置的部分的组合的功能、或者使用整个装置的组合的功能。The cooperative function may be a function using a combination of parts of the device, a function using a combination of the entire device and parts of the device, or a function using a combination of the entire device.

使用部分图像的协作处理可适用于使用与功能有关的功能图像的情况。例如,不同的功能被指派给功能图像中的位置,并且确定使用指派给用户所指定的位置的功能的协作功能。Collaborative processing using partial images is applicable to the case of using functional images related to functions. For example, different functions are assigned to positions in the function image, and a cooperative function using the function assigned to the user-specified position is determined.

上述示例1至8也可适用于使用部分图像的协作处理。例如,如果用户指定与第一装置有关的第一图像中所包括的部分图像,则可执行控制以呈现引导,该引导指示能够与指派给与部分图像有关的部分的功能一起执行协作功能的第二装置的整体或部分。又如,如果用户指定与第一装置有关的整个第一图像,则可执行控制以呈现引导,该引导指示能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能的第二装置的部分。为了呈现引导,第二装置的整体或部分可在被包括在上面在示例6中描述的候选列表中的同时显示。如果用户指定第一装置的整体或部分,则可呈现引导,该引导指示能够与第一装置的整体或部分一起执行协作功能的第二装置的整体或部分。如果指定不能与用户所指定的第一装置的整体或部分执行协作功能的第二装置的整体或部分,则可呈现引导,该引导指示能够与第一装置的整体或部分一起执行协作功能的第二装置的整体或部分。以下,将详细描述这些处理。The above-described Examples 1 to 8 are also applicable to collaborative processing using partial images. For example, if the user designates a partial image included in the first image related to the first device, control may be performed to present a guide indicating a first step that can perform the collaborative function together with the function assigned to the part related to the partial image The whole or part of two devices. As another example, if the user specifies the entire first image related to the first device, control may be performed to present guidance indicating the portion of the second device capable of performing cooperative functions with the first device. To present the guidance, the whole or part of the second device may be displayed while being included in the candidate list described in Example 6 above. If the user specifies the whole or part of the first device, then guidance may be presented indicating the whole or part of the second device capable of performing cooperative functions with the whole or part of the first device. If the whole or part of the second device that cannot perform the cooperative function with the whole or part of the first device specified by the user is specified, then guidance may be presented indicating the first device that is capable of performing the cooperative function with the whole or part of the first device. The whole or part of two devices. Hereinafter, these processes will be described in detail.

例如,当指定与第一装置有关的第一图像(整个图像)时,终端设备16的控制器48在服务器14的控制器36的控制下呈现指示第二装置的一个或多个功能的引导,所述功能能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能。更具体地,终端设备16的控制器48呈现引导,该引导指示与第二装置中所包括的一个或多个部分有关的一个或多个部分图像(与第二装置有关的第二图像中的一个或多个部分图像),与所述一个或多个部分有关的所述一个或多个部分图像被指派有能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能的功能。例如,如示例1至8中一样,终端设备16的控制器48使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示描绘充当引导的箭头的图像,利用声音来呈现引导,或者使得UI单元46显示充当引导的字符串。参照图40A,如果用户指定与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70作为第一图像,则呈现引导,该引导指示与指派有能够与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的PC(A)的功能的部分有关的部分图像。例如,如果PC(A)的画面显示功能是能够与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的功能,则呈现指示与画面显示功能有关的部分图像88b的引导。例如,显示将与MFP(B)有关的装置图像70和部分图像88b彼此链接的箭头,利用声音来呈现指示画面显示功能的引导,显示表示画面显示功能的字符串,或者显示部分图像88b以使得该部分图像88b可与另一部分图像相区分。当用户指定作为第一图像的装置图像70时或者当用户指定PC(A)的指派有不能与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的功能的部分时,可呈现引导。For example, when specifying the first image (the entire image) related to the first device, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16, under the control of the controller 36 of the server 14, presents guidance indicating one or more functions of the second device, The function is capable of performing a cooperative function with the first device. More specifically, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 presents a guide indicating one or more partial images related to one or more parts included in the second device (the one or more part images in the second image related to the second device). one or more partial images), the one or more partial images related to the one or more parts are assigned a function capable of performing a cooperative function with the first device. For example, as in Examples 1 to 8, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display an image depicting an arrow serving as a guide, present the guide with sound, or cause the UI unit 46 to display a character serving as a guide string. Referring to FIG. 40A , if the user designates the device image 70 related to the MFP (B) as the first image, a guide is presented, which indicates the connection with the computer assigned the function of the PC (A) capable of executing the cooperative function together with the MFP (B). Part of the relevant part of the image. For example, if the screen display function of the PC (A) is a function capable of executing a cooperative function together with the MFP (B), a guide indicating a partial image 88b related to the screen display function is presented. For example, an arrow linking the device image 70 and the partial image 88b related to the MFP(B) to each other is displayed, a guide indicating the screen display function is presented with sound, a character string indicating the screen display function is displayed, or the partial image 88b is displayed so that The partial image 88b is distinguishable from another partial image. Guidance may be presented when the user designates the device image 70 as the first image or when the user designates a part of the PC (A) to which a function that cannot perform the cooperative function together with the MFP (B) is assigned.

又如,如果指定与第一装置有关的第一图像中所包括的部分图像,则终端设备16的控制器48可在服务器14的控制器36的控制下呈现引导,该引导指示能够与指派给与该部分图像有关的部分的功能(第一装置的功能)一起执行协作功能的第二装置(整个装置)。参照图40A,例如,如果用户指定与MFP(B)有关的部分图像70a,则呈现引导,该引导指示与能够与指派给与部分图像70a有关的部分的打印功能一起执行协作功能的第二装置有关的第二图像。例如,如果PC(A)是能够与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的装置,则呈现指示与PC(A)有关的装置图像88的引导。例如,显示将部分图像70a和装置图像88彼此链接的箭头,利用声音来呈现指示PC(A)的引导,显示表示PC(A)的字符串,或者显示装置图像88以使得装置图像88可与另一装置图像相区分。当用户指定包括在装置图像70中的部分图像时或者当用户指定与不能与部分图像有关的功能一起执行协作功能的装置有关的装置图像时,可呈现引导。As another example, if a portion of the image included in the first image related to the first device is specified, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may, under the control of the controller 36 of the server 14, present guidance that can be correlated with the instructions assigned to the The second device (the whole device) that performs the cooperative function together with the function of the part (the function of the first device) related to the part of the image. Referring to FIG. 40A , for example, if the user designates a partial image 70a related to the MFP (B), a guide indicating a second device capable of performing a cooperation function together with a print function assigned to the part related to the partial image 70a is presented Related second image. For example, if the PC (A) is a device capable of performing a cooperative function together with the MFP (B), a guide indicating a device image 88 related to the PC (A) is presented. For example, an arrow linking the partial image 70a and the device image 88 to each other is displayed, a guide indicating PC(A) is presented with a sound, a character string indicating PC(A) is displayed, or the device image 88 is displayed so that the device image 88 can be combined with Another device image is differentiated. Guidance may be presented when the user designates a partial image included in the device image 70 or when the user designates a device image related to a device that cannot perform a cooperative function together with a function related to the partial image.

又如,如果指定与第一装置有关的第一图像中所包括的部分图像(第一部分图像),则终端设备16的控制器48在服务器14的控制器36的控制下呈现引导,该引导指示能够与指派给与第一部分图像有关的部分的功能(第一装置的功能)一起执行协作功能的第二装置的一个或多个功能。更具体地,终端设备16的控制器48呈现引导,该引导指示与包括在第二装置中的一个或多个部分有关的一个或多个部分图像(与第二装置有关的第二图像中所包括的一个或多个部分图像,被称作第二部分图像),即,与一个或多个部分有关的一个或多个第二部分图像,所述一个或多个部分被指派有能够与指派给与第一部分图像有关的部分的功能一起执行协作功能的一个或多个功能。参照图40A,例如,如果用户指定与MFP(B)有关的部分图像70a,则呈现引导,该引导指示与这样的部分有关的第二部分图像,该部分被指派有能够与指派给与部分图像70a有关的部分的打印功能一起执行协作功能的PC(A)的功能。例如,如果PC(A)的画面显示功能是能够与打印功能一起执行协作功能的功能,则呈现指示与画面显示功能有关的部分图像88b的引导。例如,显示将部分图像70a和部分图像88b彼此链接的箭头,利用声音来呈现指示画面显示功能的引导,显示表示画面显示功能的字符串,或者显示部分图像88b以使得部分图像88b可与另一部分图像相区分。当用户指定包括在装置图像70中的部分图像时或者当用户指定与不能与部分图像有关的功能一起执行协作功能的功能有关的部分图像时,可呈现引导。As another example, if a partial image (first partial image) included in the first image related to the first device is specified, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 presents a guide under the control of the controller 36 of the server 14, which guide indicates One or more functions of the second device capable of performing the cooperative function together with the function assigned to the part related to the first part image (the function of the first device). More specifically, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 presents a guide indicating one or more partial images related to one or more parts included in the second device (all of which are in the second image related to the second device). including one or more partial images, referred to as second partial images), i.e., one or more second partial images related to the one or more parts that are assigned a One or more functions of the collaborative functions are performed together with the functions of the parts related to the first part of the image. Referring to FIG. 40A, for example, if the user designates a partial image 70a related to the MFP (B), a guide is presented that indicates a second partial image related to such a part, which is assigned with the ability to be assigned to the partial image The printing function of the part concerned with 70a performs the function of the PC (A) of the cooperative function together. For example, if the screen display function of the PC (A) is a function capable of executing a cooperative function together with the print function, a guide indicating a partial image 88b related to the screen display function is presented. For example, an arrow linking the partial image 70a and the partial image 88b to each other is displayed, a guide indicating the screen display function is presented using sound, a character string indicating the screen display function is displayed, or the partial image 88b is displayed so that the partial image 88b can be linked to another part images are differentiated. Guidance may be presented when the user designates a partial image included in the device image 70 or when the user designates a partial image related to a function that cannot perform a cooperative function together with a function related to the partial image.

可指定三个或更多个部分图像,并且由此,用户可指定三个或更多个功能。例如,如果用户指定两个部分图像(两个功能:第一功能和第二功能),则可呈现引导,该引导指示指派有能够与这两个功能一起执行协作功能的功能(第三功能)的部分。在这种情况下,服务器14的确定单元38可根据与第一功能有关的部分图像以及与第二功能有关的部分图像被指定的顺序来改变被呈现引导的第三功能。Three or more partial images can be designated, and thus, the user can designate three or more functions. For example, if the user specifies two partial images (two functions: a first function and a second function), a guide may be presented indicating that a function (third function) capable of performing a cooperative function together with these two functions is assigned part. In this case, the determination unit 38 of the server 14 may change the third function to be presented and guided according to the order in which the partial images related to the first function and the partial images related to the second function are designated.

同一装置的多个功能可被指定为彼此协作的目标功能。例如,用户可指定PC(A)的画面显示功能和数据存储功能作为彼此协作的目标功能,或者用户可指定MFP(B)的扫描功能以及PC(A)的画面显示功能和数据存储功能作为彼此协作的目标功能。同样在这种情况下,呈现引导,该引导指示指派有能够与首先指定的功能(例如,第一功能)一起执行协作功能的功能(例如,第二功能)的部分。服务器14的确定单元38可根据指定的顺序来确定使用各个功能的协作功能并且可向协作功能指派较高优先级。Multiple functions of the same device can be designated as target functions that cooperate with each other. For example, the user may designate the screen display function and the data storage function of the PC (A) as target functions that cooperate with each other, or the user may designate the scan function of the MFP (B) and the screen display function and the data storage function of the PC (A) as each other Collaborative target function. Also in this case, a guide is presented that indicates that a portion of a function (eg, a second function) capable of performing the cooperative function together with the first-specified function (eg, the first function) is assigned. The determination unit 38 of the server 14 may determine the cooperative function using the respective functions according to the designated order and may assign a higher priority to the cooperative function.

使用部分图像的协作处理的另一示例Another example of collaborative processing using partial images

以下,将参照图41和图42描述使用部分图像的协作处理的另一示例。Hereinafter, another example of cooperative processing using partial images will be described with reference to FIGS. 41 and 42 .

图41示出装置功能管理表的示例。装置功能管理表的数据作为装置功能管理信息32被存储在服务器14中。在装置功能管理表中,例如,装置ID、表示装置的名称(例如,装置的类型)的信息、表示装置的部分的名称(例如,部分的类型)的信息、作为用于识别部分的部分识别信息的部分ID、表示指派给部分的功能(部分的功能)的信息、以及用于识别与部分有关的部分图像的部分图像ID彼此关联。部分图像是表示通过由相机拍摄而获得的装置的部分的外观的图像。当然,示意性地表示装置的部分的部分图像可与该部分关联。例如,不同功能被指派给装置的各个部分。FIG. 41 shows an example of the device function management table. The data of the device function management table is stored in the server 14 as the device function management information 32 . In the device function management table, for example, a device ID, information representing the name of the device (eg, the type of the device), information representing the name of the part of the device (eg, the type of the part), as part identification for identifying the part The part ID of the information, the information representing the function assigned to the part (the function of the part), and the part image ID for identifying the part image related to the part are associated with each other. The partial image is an image representing the appearance of the part of the device obtained by being photographed by the camera. Of course, a partial image schematically representing a part of the device may be associated with that part. For example, different functions are assigned to various parts of the device.

具体地,画面显示功能被指派给PC(A)的显示部,并且表示画面显示功能的信息与显示部有关的部分图像的部分图像ID关联。画面显示功能是将信息显示在PC(A)上的功能。数据存储功能被指派给PC(A)的本体部,并且表示数据存储功能的信息与本体部有关的部分图像的部分图像ID关联。数据存储功能是将数据存储在PC(A)中的功能。Specifically, the screen display function is assigned to the display section of the PC (A), and the information indicating the screen display function is associated with the partial image ID of the partial image related to the display section. The screen display function is a function to display information on the PC (A). The data storage function is assigned to the main body of the PC (A), and the information indicating the data storage function is associated with the partial image ID of the partial image related to the main body. The data storage function is a function to store data in the PC (A).

打印功能被指派给MFP(B)的本体部,并且表示打印功能的信息与本体部有关的部分图像的部分图像ID关联。扫描功能被指派给MFP(B)的读取部(例如,与MFP(B)的文档盖、文档玻璃和自动文档馈送器对应的部分),并且表示扫描功能的信息与与读取部有关的部分图像的部分图像ID关联。装订功能被指派给MFP(B)的后处理设备,并且表示装订功能的信息与后处理设备有关的部分图像的部分图像ID关联。装订功能是装订输出的纸张的功能。The printing function is assigned to the main body of the MFP (B), and the information indicating the printing function is associated with the partial image ID of the partial image related to the main body. The scanning function is assigned to the reading section of the MFP (B) (for example, the parts corresponding to the document cover, document glass, and automatic document feeder of the MFP (B)), and the information indicating the scanning function is related to the reading section. Part image ID association for part images. The bookbinding function is assigned to the post-processing apparatus of the MFP (B), and the information indicating the bookbinding function is associated with the partial image ID of the partial image related to the post-processing apparatus. The binding function is a function of binding output sheets.

利用例如无标记AR技术确定(识别)指派给装置的部分的功能。例如,如果由相机(例如,终端设备16的相机42)拍摄装置的部分,则表示该部分的外观图像数据从终端设备16发送至服务器14。服务器14的确定单元38在装置功能管理表中确定(识别)与外观图像数据关联的功能。因此,确定(识别)指派给所拍摄的部分的功能。例如,如果由相机42拍摄MFP(B)的本体部,则表示MFP(B)的本体部的外观图像数据从终端设备16发送至服务器14。服务器14的确定单元38在装置功能管理表中确定与外观图像数据关联的打印功能。因此,确定指派给MFP(B)的本体部的功能是打印功能。The functions assigned to the parts of the device are determined (identified) using, for example, markerless AR technology. For example, if a part of the apparatus is photographed by a camera (eg, the camera 42 of the terminal device 16 ), appearance image data representing the part is sent from the terminal device 16 to the server 14 . The determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines (identifies) the function associated with the appearance image data in the device function management table. Therefore, the function assigned to the photographed portion is determined (identified). For example, if the main body of the MFP (B) is photographed by the camera 42 , image data representing the appearance of the main body of the MFP (B) is transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the server 14 . The determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines the print function associated with the appearance image data in the device function management table. Therefore, it is determined that the function assigned to the body portion of the MFP (B) is the printing function.

当然,可利用基于标记的AR技术确定(识别)指派给装置的部分的功能。例如,装置的各个部分设置有诸如通过对部分识别信息(例如,部分ID)进行编码而获得的二维条形码的标记以用于识别该部分。如果由相机拍摄部分上的标记并且对其应用基于标记的AR技术,则获得该部分的部分识别信息(例如,部分ID)。基于标记的AR技术的应用可由终端设备16或服务器14执行。在这样获得部分识别信息之后,服务器14的确定单元38在装置功能管理表中确定(识别)与部分识别信息(例如,部分ID)关联的功能。Of course, the function assigned to the part of the device can be determined (identified) using marker-based AR technology. For example, various parts of the device are provided with indicia such as a two-dimensional barcode obtained by encoding part identification information (eg, part ID) for identifying the part. If a marker on a part is photographed by a camera and the marker-based AR technology is applied thereto, part identification information (eg, part ID) of the part is obtained. The application of the marker-based AR technology may be performed by the terminal device 16 or the server 14 . After thus obtaining the partial identification information, the determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines (identifies) the function associated with the partial identification information (eg, the partial ID) in the device function management table.

图42示出协作功能管理表的示例。协作功能管理表的数据作为协作功能管理信息34被存储在服务器14中。协作功能管理表是表示各自使用多个部分的功能的协作功能的信息。在协作功能管理表中,例如,表示装置的部分的组合的信息、表示部分ID的组合的信息以及表示使用组合中所包括的多个部分的功能的协作功能的信息彼此关联。当然,在协作功能管理表中,表示装置的部分与整个装置的组合的信息以及表示使用装置的部分的功能和整个装置的功能的协作功能的信息可彼此关联。FIG. 42 shows an example of the cooperation function management table. The data of the cooperative function management table is stored in the server 14 as the cooperative function management information 34 . The cooperative function management table is information indicating cooperative functions each of which uses the functions of a plurality of parts. In the cooperation function management table, for example, information indicating a combination of parts of a device, information indicating a combination of part IDs, and information indicating a cooperation function using functions of a plurality of parts included in the combination are associated with each other. Of course, in the cooperation function management table, information representing a combination of a part of the device and the entire device and information representing a cooperation function using the function of the part of the device and the function of the entire device may be associated with each other.

具体地,作为协作功能的打印功能被指派给PC(A)的显示部和MFP(B)的本体部的组合,并且表示作为协作功能的打印功能的信息与表示PC(A)的显示部的部分ID和MFP(B)的本体部的部分ID的组合的信息关联。例如,作为协作功能的打印功能是将存储在PC(A)中的数据发送至MFP(B)并由MFP(B)打印该数据的功能。Specifically, the print function as the cooperation function is assigned to the combination of the display portion of the PC (A) and the main body portion of the MFP (B), and the information representing the print function as the cooperation function is combined with the information representing the display portion of the PC (A). The information associated with the combination of the part ID and the part ID of the main body of the MFP (B). For example, the print function as a cooperation function is a function of sending data stored in the PC (A) to the MFP (B) and printing the data by the MFP (B).

作为协作功能的打印功能被指派给MFP(B)的本体部和投影仪(C)的本体部的组合,并且表示作为协作功能的打印功能的信息与表示MFP(B)的本体部的部分ID和投影仪(C)的本体部的部分ID的组合的信息关联。例如,作为协作功能的打印功能是将投影仪(C)投影的数据发送至MFP(B)并由MFP(B)打印该数据的功能。The printing function as the cooperative function is assigned to the combination of the main body of the MFP (B) and the main body of the projector (C), and the information indicating the printing function as the cooperative function and the part ID indicating the main body of the MFP (B) It is associated with the information of the combination of the part ID of the main body of the projector (C). For example, the printing function as the cooperation function is a function of transmitting data projected by the projector (C) to the MFP (B) and printing the data by the MFP (B).

作为协作功能的扫描并投影功能被指派给MFP(B)的读取部和投影仪(C)的本体部的组合,并且表示作为协作功能的扫描并投影功能的信息与表示MFP(B)的读取部的部分ID和投影仪(C)的本体部的部分ID的组合的信息关联。例如,作为协作功能的扫描并投影功能是将通过由MFP(B)扫描而生成的数据发送至投影仪(C)并由投影仪(C)投影该数据的功能。The scan-and-project function as the cooperative function is assigned to the combination of the reading section of the MFP (B) and the main body section of the projector (C), and the information indicating the scan-and-project function as the cooperative function is combined with the information indicating the MFP (B) The information of the combination of the part ID of the reading part and the part ID of the main body part of the projector (C) is associated. For example, the scan-and-project function as a cooperation function is a function of transmitting data generated by scanning by the MFP (B) to the projector (C) and projecting the data by the projector (C).

协作功能可以是使用包括在同一装置中的多个部分的功能的功能,或者可以是使用包括在多个不同装置中的部分的功能的功能。协作功能可以是使用三个或更多个部分的功能的功能。The cooperative function may be a function using functions of a plurality of sections included in the same apparatus, or may be a function using functions of sections included in a plurality of different apparatuses. A collaborative function may be a function that uses the functions of three or more parts.

例如,在利用基于标记的AR技术或无标记AR技术确定(识别)装置的多个部分(例如,多个不同装置的多个部分或者同一装置的多个部分)之后,服务器14的确定单元38在协作功能管理表中确定(识别)与所识别的多个部分的组合关联的协作功能。因此,确定(识别)使用多个识别(例如,拍摄)的部分的功能的协作功能。例如,如果由终端设备16的相机42拍摄MFP(B)的本体部和投影仪(C)的本体部并且如果MFP(B)的本体部和投影仪(C)的本体部被识别,则服务器14的确定单元38在协作功能管理表中确定打印功能等作为与MFP(B)的本体部和投影仪(C)的本体部的组合关联的协作功能。For example, after determining (identifying) parts of the device (eg parts of multiple different devices or parts of the same device) using marker-based AR techniques or markerless AR techniques, the determination unit 38 of the server 14 The cooperation function associated with the combination of the identified plurality of parts is determined (identified) in the cooperation function management table. Therefore, a cooperative function using the functions of a plurality of identified (eg, photographed) parts is determined (identified). For example, if the body part of the MFP (B) and the body part of the projector (C) are photographed by the camera 42 of the terminal device 16 and if the body part of the MFP (B) and the body part of the projector (C) are recognized, the server The determination unit 38 of 14 determines, in the cooperation function management table, the printing function or the like as the cooperation function associated with the combination of the main body of the MFP (B) and the main body of the projector (C).

上述示例1至8也可适用于这种协作处理。例如,如果确定(识别)装置的第一部分,则终端设备16的控制器48在服务器14的控制器36的控制下呈现引导,该引导指示能够与指派给第一部分的功能一起执行协作功能的装置的第二部分。The above-described Examples 1 to 8 are also applicable to such cooperative processing. For example, if the first part of the apparatus is determined (identified), the controller 48 of the terminal device 16, under the control of the controller 36 of the server 14, presents a guide indicating the apparatus capable of performing the cooperative function together with the function assigned to the first part the second part.

通过叠加装置图像来指定彼此协作的目标装置Specify target devices that cooperate with each other by overlaying device images

可通过将多个装置图像彼此叠加来指定彼此协作的目标装置。以下,将参照图43A、图43B、图43C、图44A和图44B描述此处理。图43A、图43B、图43C、图44A和图44B各自示出显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上的画面的示例。Target devices that cooperate with each other can be specified by superimposing a plurality of device images on each other. Hereinafter, this process will be described with reference to FIGS. 43A , 43B, 43C, 44A, and 44B. 43A , 43B, 43C, 44A, and 44B each show an example of a screen displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 .

例如,假设MFP(B)和PC(A)被识别。如图43A所示,装置显示画面68被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,并且与识别的装置有关的装置图像70和88被显示在装置显示画面68上。在这种状态下,用户利用指示物(例如,用户的手指、笔或手写笔)将与第一装置有关的装置图像叠加在与协作伙伴装置(第二装置)有关的装置图像上。例如,如图43B所示,用户利用操作物指定装置图像70并且将装置图像70叠加在装置图像88上,如箭头142所指示的。例如,用户通过执行拖放操作来将装置图像彼此叠加。具体地,用户拖曳装置图像70并在装置图像70被叠加在装置图像88上的位置处放开它。该拖放操作是根据现有技术的技术。另选地,可根据用户所提供的语音指令来指定要彼此叠加的装置图像。例如,根据用户所提供的语音指令,装置图像70和88可被指定为目标装置图像并且可彼此叠加。For example, assume that MFP (B) and PC (A) are identified. As shown in FIG. 43A , a device display screen 68 is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 , and device images 70 and 88 related to the recognized device are displayed on the device display screen 68 . In this state, the user superimposes the device image related to the first device on the device image related to the partner device (second device) using a pointer (eg, the user's finger, pen or stylus). For example, as shown in FIG. 43B , the user designates the device image 70 with the operator and superimposes the device image 70 on the device image 88 , as indicated by arrow 142 . For example, the user superimposes the device images on each other by performing a drag and drop operation. Specifically, the user drags the device image 70 and releases it at the location where the device image 70 is superimposed on the device image 88 . This drag-and-drop operation is a technique according to the prior art. Alternatively, the device images to be superimposed on each other may be designated according to a voice instruction provided by the user. For example, the device images 70 and 88 may be designated as target device images and may be superimposed on each other according to voice instructions provided by the user.

作为将装置图像70和88彼此叠加的结果,与装置图像70有关的MFP(B)以及与装置图像88有关的PC(A)被指定为彼此协作的目标装置。例如,第一个被指定的MFP(B)对应于第一装置。如果第二个被指定的PC(A)是不能与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的装置,则如上述示例1至8中一样,呈现指示能够与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能的装置的引导。As a result of superimposing the device images 70 and 88 on each other, the MFP (B) related to the device image 70 and the PC (A) related to the device image 88 are designated as target devices that cooperate with each other. For example, the first designated MFP (B) corresponds to the first device. If the second designated PC (A) is a device that cannot perform the cooperative function together with the MFP (B), as in Examples 1 to 8 above, a presentation indicating a device capable of performing the cooperative function together with the MFP (B) is presented. guide.

终端设备16的控制器48可使得正被拖曳的装置图像以可识别的方式显示在UI单元46上。例如,正被拖曳的装置图像可被半透明地显示或以特定颜色显示。The controller 48 of the terminal device 16 can cause the device image being dragged to be displayed on the UI unit 46 in a recognizable manner. For example, the device image being dragged may be displayed translucently or in a specific color.

如果装置图像70被叠加在装置图像88上并且如果PC(A)能够与MFP(B)一起执行协作功能,则确认画面144被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,如图43C所示。确认画面144是用于确认是否使得所指定的装置彼此协作的画面。如果用户在确认画面144上提供协作指令(例如,如果用户按压“是”按钮),则关于协作功能的信息被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。If the device image 70 is superimposed on the device image 88 and if the PC (A) can execute the cooperative function together with the MFP (B), the confirmation screen 144 is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 as shown in FIG. 43C . The confirmation screen 144 is a screen for confirming whether or not the designated devices are caused to cooperate with each other. If the user provides a collaboration instruction on the confirmation screen 144 (eg, if the user presses the "Yes" button), information about the collaboration function is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 .

例如,如图44A所示,终端设备16的控制器48使得UI单元46显示协作功能显示画面146并且在协作功能显示画面146上显示关于候选协作功能的信息。通过使得PC(A)和MFP(B)彼此协作,例如,实现扫描并传送功能和打印功能。因此,关于扫描并传送功能的信息以及关于打印功能的信息被显示在协作功能显示画面146上。For example, as shown in FIG. 44A , the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 to display the cooperation function display screen 146 and display information on the cooperation function candidates on the cooperation function display screen 146 . By causing the PC (A) and the MFP (B) to cooperate with each other, for example, a scan and transfer function and a print function are realized. Therefore, information on the scan and transfer function and information on the print function are displayed on the cooperation function display screen 146 .

如果用户指定协作功能并且用户提供执行指令,则从终端设备16向彼此协作的目标装置发送连接请求。如图44B所示,在正处理连接请求的同时,等待画面148被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。当终端设备16与目标装置之间的连接成功建立时,执行所指定的协作功能。If the user specifies the cooperation function and the user provides an execution instruction, a connection request is sent from the terminal device 16 to the target apparatuses that cooperate with each other. As shown in FIG. 44B , while the connection request is being processed, a waiting screen 148 is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 . When the connection between the terminal device 16 and the target device is successfully established, the designated cooperation function is executed.

如上所述,与装置有关的装置图像被彼此叠加,由此确定使用装置的功能的协作功能。因此,可使得功能彼此协作而无需图像操作以外的特殊操作,并且可利用简单的操作执行功能之间的协作。同样在这种情况下,呈现指示能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能的第二装置的引导,因此,与不呈现引导的情况相比,可增加使用协作功能的用户便利。As described above, device images related to the devices are superimposed on each other, thereby determining a cooperative function using the functions of the device. Therefore, functions can be made to cooperate with each other without special operations other than image operations, and cooperation between functions can be performed with a simple operation. Also in this case, guidance indicating the second device capable of performing the cooperative function together with the first device is presented, and therefore, user convenience in using the cooperative function can be increased compared to the case where the guidance is not presented.

可通过将部分图像叠加在装置图像或部分图像上来确定协作功能。此处理将参照图45A和图45B描述。图45A和图45B各自示出显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上的画面的示例。The collaboration function may be determined by superimposing the partial image on the device image or the partial image. This process will be described with reference to FIGS. 45A and 45B . 45A and 45B each show an example of a screen displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 .

如上述使用部分图像的协作处理中一样,装置的功能根据与装置有关的装置图像中的位置而变化。通过使包括在装置图像中的部分图像叠加在包括在相同或不同装置图像中的部分图像上,确定使用与两个部分图像有关的功能的协作功能。以下,此处理将详细描述。As in the above-described collaborative processing using partial images, the functions of the device vary depending on the position in the device image related to the device. By superimposing the partial image included in the device image on the partial image included in the same or different device images, a cooperative function using functions related to the two partial images is determined. Hereinafter, this processing will be described in detail.

例如,假设MFP(B)和PC(A)被识别。如图45A所示,装置显示画面68被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上,并且装置图像70和88被显示在装置显示画面68上。例如,部分图像70a、70b、70c、88a和88b中的每一个被显示作为能够与另一部分图像分离地移动的图像。For example, assume that MFP (B) and PC (A) are identified. As shown in FIG. 45A , a device display screen 68 is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 , and device images 70 and 88 are displayed on the device display screen 68 . For example, each of the partial images 70a, 70b, 70c, 88a, and 88b is displayed as an image that can be moved separately from the other partial image.

如果用户指定部分图像并且如果该部分图像被叠加在另一部分图像上,则确定使用与两个部分图像有关的功能的协作功能,并且关于该协作功能的信息被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。此确定处理可由服务器14的确定单元38或终端设备16执行。If the user designates a partial image and if the partial image is superimposed on another partial image, a cooperation function using the functions related to the two partial images is determined, and information on the cooperation function is displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 superior. This determination process may be performed by the determination unit 38 of the server 14 or the terminal device 16 .

例如,如图45B中的箭头150所指示的,如果用户利用操作物拖曳部分图像70b并把它放在部分图像88b上,则与包括部分图像70b的装置图像70有关的MFP(B)以及与包括部分图像88b的装置图像88有关的PC(A)被指定为彼此协作的目标装置,并且指派给部分图像70b的扫描功能以及指派给部分图像88b的画面显示功能也被指定为彼此协作的目标功能。For example, as indicated by the arrow 150 in FIG. 45B, if the user drags the partial image 70b with the operator and drops it on the partial image 88b, the MFP (B) related to the device image 70 including the partial image 70b and the The PC (A) related to the device image 88 including the partial image 88b is designated as a target device to cooperate with each other, and the scan function assigned to the partial image 70b and the screen display function assigned to the partial image 88b are also designated as targets to cooperate with each other Function.

在服务器14中,管理指派给各个部分图像的功能。例如,用于识别部分图像的识别信息、表示与部分图像关联的功能的功能信息、以及表示通过功能之间的协作执行的协作功能的协作功能信息彼此关联地存储在服务器14中。如果在装置显示画面68上选择部分图像并将它叠加在另一部分图像上,则表示彼此叠加的部分图像的识别信息从终端设备16发送至服务器14。在图45B所示的示例中,表示部分图像70b和88b的识别信息从终端设备16发送至服务器14。服务器14的确定单元38基于识别信息确定指派给部分图像70b和88b的功能,并且确定使用所述功能的协作功能。关于协作功能的信息从服务器14发送至终端设备16并被显示在终端设备16上。In the server 14, the functions assigned to the respective partial images are managed. For example, identification information for identifying a partial image, function information representing a function associated with the partial image, and cooperation function information representing a cooperation function performed through cooperation between functions are stored in the server 14 in association with each other. If a partial image is selected on the device display screen 68 and superimposed on another partial image, identification information representing the partial images superimposed on each other is transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the server 14 . In the example shown in FIG. 45B , the identification information representing the partial images 70b and 88b is transmitted from the terminal device 16 to the server 14. The determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines the functions assigned to the partial images 70b and 88b based on the identification information, and determines a cooperative function using the functions. Information about the cooperative function is transmitted from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 and displayed on the terminal device 16 .

如上所述,在彼此协作的各个目标装置具有多个功能的情况下,在各个目标装置中选择功能,并且优先显示关于使用所指定的功能的协作功能的信息。因此,优先显示预期用户要使用的协作功能。As described above, in the case where each target device cooperating with each other has a plurality of functions, a function is selected in each target device, and information on the cooperative function using the designated function is preferentially displayed. Therefore, priority is given to displaying collaboration functions that are intended for users to use.

协作功能显示的优先顺序可根据部分图像彼此叠加的顺序而改变。在这种情况下,优先显示关于使用与叠加的部分图像有关的功能的协作功能的信息。The priority order of the collaboration function display can be changed according to the order in which the partial images are superimposed on each other. In this case, the information on the cooperation function using the function related to the superimposed partial image is preferentially displayed.

在部分图像被彼此叠加的情况下,第一个指定的部分图像对应于第一图像,并且与该部分图像有关的功能对应于第一功能。第二个指定的部分图像(叠加有第一图像的部分图像)对应于第二图像,并且与该部分图像有关的功能对应于第二功能。如果第二个指定的功能不能与第一个指定的功能一起执行协作功能,则如上述示例1至8中一样,呈现引导,该引导指示能够与第一个指定的功能一起执行协作功能的功能。在上述示例中,如果与第二个指定的部分图像88b有关的画面显示功能不能与第一个指定的部分图像70b有关的扫描功能一起执行协作功能,则呈现引导,该引导指示能够与第一个指定的扫描功能一起执行协作功能的功能。在这种情况下,可呈现指示能够与第一个指定的功能(例如,扫描功能)一起执行协作功能的整个装置(例如,装置图像本身)的引导,或者可呈现指示指派有能够与第一个指定的功能一起执行协作功能的功能的装置的部分(例如,部分图像)的引导。In the case where the partial images are superimposed on each other, the first designated partial image corresponds to the first image, and the function related to the partial image corresponds to the first function. The second specified partial image (the partial image on which the first image is superimposed) corresponds to the second image, and the function related to the partial image corresponds to the second function. If the second specified function cannot perform the cooperative function with the first specified function, then as in Examples 1 to 8 above, a guide is presented indicating the function capable of performing the cooperative function with the first specified function . In the above example, if the screen display function related to the second specified partial image 88b cannot perform the cooperative function together with the scan function related to the first specified partial image 70b, a guide is presented which indicates that the A function that performs a collaborative function together with a specified scan function. In this case, a guide may be presented indicating the entire device (eg, the device image itself) capable of performing the cooperative function with the first specified function (eg, the scan function), or may be presented indicating that there is a Guidance of a portion (eg, a portion of an image) of a device that together perform the functions of the cooperating function with the specified functions.

切换单装置功能和协作功能的显示的处理Processing for switching the display of the single device function and the cooperation function

在示例性实施方式中,可执行单独使用单个装置的功能(以下称为“单装置功能”)的显示与协作功能的显示之间的切换的控制。In an exemplary embodiment, control of switching between display of a function using a single device alone (hereinafter referred to as a "single device function") and display of a cooperative function can be performed.

例如,如果在预定识别时段内仅识别出一个装置,则终端设备16的控制器48使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示关于这一个装置(例如,图像形成设备10)的一个或更多个功能的信息作为单装置功能信息。识别时段的长度可由用户改变。可通过应用AR技术或其它技术来识别装置。识别装置的处理可由服务器14或终端设备16执行。例如,识别时段的起始点可以是这一个装置被识别的时间点或者用户所指定的时间点(例如,识别处理开始的时间点)。For example, if only one device is recognized within a predetermined recognition period, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display one or more functions regarding this one device (eg, the image forming apparatus 10 ) information as single device function information. The length of the identification period can be changed by the user. The device may be identified by applying AR technology or other technology. The process of identifying the device may be performed by the server 14 or the terminal device 16 . For example, the starting point of the identification period may be the point in time when this one device is identified or the point in time specified by the user (eg, the point in time when the identification process starts).

例如,如果在从这一个装置被识别的时间点起的识别时段内没有识别出另一装置,则终端设备16的控制器48使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示关于这一个装置的一个或更多个功能的信息作为单装置功能信息。在这种情况下,这一个装置作为在识别时段内识别的装置被处理。关于装置的信息可以是从服务器14发送至终端设备16的信息或者预先存储在终端设备16中的信息。For example, if another device is not recognized within the recognition period from the point in time when this one device is recognized, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display one or more information about this one device Information of a plurality of functions is regarded as single-device function information. In this case, this one device is treated as the device identified within the identification period. The information on the device may be information transmitted from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 or information stored in the terminal device 16 in advance.

又如,如果在从用户所指定的时间点开始的识别时段内仅识别一个装置,则终端设备16的控制器48使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示关于这一个装置的一个或更多个功能的信息作为单装置功能信息。As another example, if only one device is identified within the identification period starting from the point in time specified by the user, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display one or more functions regarding this one device information as single device function information.

又如,如果在识别一个装置之后提供显示单装置功能的指令,则终端设备16的控制器48可使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示关于这一个装置的一个或更多个功能的信息作为单装置功能信息。终端设备16的控制器48使得终端设备16的UI单元46一直显示或者在拍摄一个装置的情况下(或者在识别一个装置的情况下)显示用于提供显示单装置功能的指令的按钮图像。如果用户按压该按钮图像,则控制器48使得UI单元46显示关于这一个装置的一个或更多个功能的信息。As another example, if an instruction to display a single device function is provided after identifying a device, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may cause the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display information about one or more functions of the one device as a single device. Device function information. The controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to always display or display a button image for providing an instruction to display a single-device function in the case of photographing a device (or in the case of recognizing a device). If the user presses the button image, the controller 48 causes the UI unit 46 to display information about one or more functions of this one device.

当识别时段逝去时,终端设备16的控制器48可使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示确认画面。例如,确认画面是用户用来提供延长识别时段的指令的画面。如果用户通过确认画面提供延长识别时段的指令并且如果在延长的时段内没有拍摄另一装置,则终端设备16的控制器48使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示关于识别的装置的一个或更多个功能的信息。When the identification period elapses, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may cause the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display a confirmation screen. For example, the confirmation screen is a screen used by the user to provide an instruction to extend the identification period. If the user provides an instruction to extend the identification period through the confirmation screen and if another device is not photographed within the extended period, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display one or more of the identified devices function information.

将进一步描述单装置功能信息的显示控制。例如,假设利用基于标记的AR技术或无标记AR技术识别装置。例如,如果在预定拍摄时段内仅拍摄一个装置,则终端设备16的控制器48使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示关于这一个装置的一个或更多个功能的信息作为单装置功能信息。拍摄时段的起始点可以是这一个装置被拍摄的时间点或者用户指定的时间点(例如,拍摄起始点)。拍摄时段的长度可由用户改变。在拍摄这一个装置之后,利用基于标记的AR技术或无标记AR技术识别这一个装置。识别处理可由服务器14或终端设备16执行。The display control of the single-device function information will be further described. For example, suppose the device is identified using marker-based AR technology or marker-free AR technology. For example, if only one device is photographed within a predetermined photographing period, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display information on one or more functions of this one device as single-device function information. The starting point of the photographing period may be the time point when this one device is photographed or the time point specified by the user (eg, the photographing starting point). The length of the shooting period can be changed by the user. After the one device is photographed, the one device is identified using marker-based AR technology or marker-free AR technology. The identification process may be performed by the server 14 or the terminal device 16 .

例如,如果在从这一个装置被拍摄的时间点起的拍摄时段内没有拍摄另一装置,则终端设备16的控制器48使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示关于这一个装置的一个或更多个功能的信息作为单装置功能信息。在这种情况下,这一个装置被处理为在拍摄时段内拍摄的装置。For example, if another device is not photographed within the photographing period from the time point when this one device is photographed, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display one or more information about this one device The information of each function is regarded as single device function information. In this case, this one device is handled as a device photographed during the photographing period.

又如,如果在从用户指定的时间点开始的拍摄时段内仅拍摄一个装置,则终端设备16的控制器48使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示关于这一个装置的一个或更多个功能的信息作为单装置功能信息。As another example, if only one apparatus is photographed within the photographing period from the user-specified point in time, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal apparatus 16 to display information about one or more functions of this one apparatus. information as single device function information.

又如,如果在拍摄一个装置之后提供显示单装置功能的指令,则终端设备16的控制器48可使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示关于这一个装置的一个或更多个功能的信息作为单装置功能信息。As another example, if an instruction to display a single-device function is provided after photographing a device, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may cause the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display information about one or more functions of the one device as a single device. Device function information.

例如,如果在拍摄时段内仅拍摄一个装置(例如,如果在从第一装置被拍摄的时间点起的拍摄时段内没有拍摄第二装置或者如果在从用户所指定的起始点起的拍摄时段内仅拍摄一个装置),则终端设备16的控制器48将通过拍摄而生成的图像数据发送至服务器14。拍摄时段可由控制器48或定时器测量。服务器14的确定单元38基于图像数据来确定(识别)装置并且确定该装置的一个或更多个功能。关于所述一个或更多个功能的信息从服务器14发送至终端设备16并被显示在终端设备16的UI单元46上。当然,服务器14可代替终端设备16管理时间,并且可将关于识别的装置的一个或更多个功能的信息发送至终端设备16。For example, if only one device is photographed during the photographing period (eg, if the second device is not photographed within the photographing period from the point in time when the first device was photographed or if within the photographing period from the starting point specified by the user) photographing only one device), the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 transmits the image data generated by photographing to the server 14 . The shooting period may be measured by the controller 48 or a timer. The determination unit 38 of the server 14 determines (identifies) the device based on the image data and determines one or more functions of the device. Information about the one or more functions is sent from the server 14 to the terminal device 16 and displayed on the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 . Of course, the server 14 may manage the time in place of the terminal device 16 and may transmit information about one or more functions of the identified device to the terminal device 16 .

当拍摄时段逝去时,终端设备16的控制器48可使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示确认画面。例如,确认画面是用户用来提供延长拍摄时段的指令的画面。如果用户通过确认画面提供延长拍摄时段的指令并且如果在延长的时段内没有拍摄另一装置,则终端设备16的控制器48将通过拍摄获得的图像数据发送至服务器14,并且使得终端设备16的UI单元46显示这一个装置的一个或更多个功能。延长的时段的长度可由用户改变。When the photographing period elapses, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may cause the UI unit 46 of the terminal device 16 to display a confirmation screen. For example, the confirmation screen is a screen used by the user to provide an instruction to extend the shooting period. If the user provides an instruction to extend the photographing period through the confirmation screen and if another device is not photographed within the extended period, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 transmits the image data obtained by the photographing to the server 14 and causes the UI unit 46 displays one or more functions of this one device. The length of the extended period can be changed by the user.

又如,如果在拍摄一个装置之后提供显示单装置功能的指令,则终端设备16的控制器48可将通过拍摄生成的图像数据发送至服务器14,并且因此,可从服务器14接收关于所拍摄的装置的一个或更多个功能的信息。As another example, if an instruction to display a single-device function is provided after photographing one device, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may transmit image data generated by photographing to the server 14, and thus, may receive information about the photographed information from the server 14. Information about one or more functions of the device.

又如,每次通过拍摄装置而生成图像数据时,终端设备16的控制器48可将图像数据发送至服务器14,并且因此,可从服务器14接收关于所拍摄的装置的一个或更多个功能的信息。在这种情况下,如果在拍摄时段内仅拍摄一个装置,则终端设备16的控制器48使得终端16的UI单元46显示关于这一个装置的信息作为单装置功能信息。As another example, each time image data is generated by capturing a device, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 may send the image data to the server 14 and, thus, may receive from the server 14 one or more functions regarding the captured device Information. In this case, if only one device is photographed during the photographing period, the controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 of the terminal 16 to display information on this one device as single-device function information.

另一方面,如果在识别时段内识别多个装置,则服务器14的控制器36执行协作功能模式。在协作功能模式下,如上述示例1至8中一样,呈现指示能够与第一装置一起执行协作功能的第二装置的引导。On the other hand, if multiple devices are identified within the identification period, the controller 36 of the server 14 executes the cooperative function mode. In the cooperative function mode, as in Examples 1 to 8 above, guidance indicating a second device capable of performing a cooperative function together with the first device is presented.

例如,如果在从第一装置被识别的时间点起的识别时段内识别第二装置,则执行协作功能模式。在这种情况下,第一装置也被处理为在识别时段内识别的装置。此外,如果在从第一装置被识别的时间点起的识别时段内识别第二装置,则服务器14的控制器36可设定从第二装置被识别的时间点开始的新识别时段。这同样适用于后续时段,即,如果在新识别时段内识别第三装置,则设定另一新识别时段。For example, if the second device is identified within the identification period from the point in time when the first device is identified, the cooperative function mode is executed. In this case, the first device is also treated as the device identified within the identification period. Furthermore, if the second device is identified within the identification period from the time the first device is identified, the controller 36 of the server 14 may set a new identification period from the time the second device is identified. The same applies for subsequent periods, ie if the third device is identified within the new identification period, another new identification period is set.

又如,如果在从用户所指定的时间点开始的识别时段内拍摄多个装置,则可执行协作功能模式。As another example, if a plurality of devices are photographed within an identification period from a time point designated by the user, the cooperative function mode may be executed.

又如,如果在识别多个装置之后提供显示协作功能的指令,则可执行协作功能模式。终端设备16的控制器48使得UI单元46一直显示或者在拍摄多个装置的情况下(或者在识别多个装置的情况下)显示用于提供显示一个或更多个协作功能的指令的按钮图像。如果用户按压该按钮图像,则执行协作功能模式。As another example, if an instruction to display a collaborative function is provided after identifying a plurality of devices, the collaborative function mode may be executed. The controller 48 of the terminal device 16 causes the UI unit 46 to display at all times or, in the case of photographing a plurality of devices (or in the case of recognizing a plurality of devices), a button image for providing an instruction to display one or more cooperative functions . If the user presses the button image, the cooperative function mode is executed.

又如,如果在识别第一装置之后没有提供执行第一装置的功能的指令的时段期间识别第二装置,则可执行协作功能模式。As another example, if the second device is identified during a period in which no instructions to perform the functions of the first device are provided after the first device is identified, the cooperative function mode may be performed.

将进一步描述协作功能模式的执行。例如,假设利用基于标记的AR技术或无标记AR技术识别多个装置。例如,如果在预定拍摄时段内拍摄多个装置,则执行协作功能模式。例如,如果在从第一装置被拍摄的时间点起的拍摄时段内拍摄第二装置,则执行协作功能模式。在这种情况下,第一装置也被处理为在拍摄时段内拍摄的装置。此外,如果在从第一装置被拍摄的时间点起的拍摄时段内拍摄第二装置,则服务器14的控制器36可设定从第二装置被拍摄的时间点开始的新拍摄时段。这同样适用于后续时段,即,如果在新拍摄时段内拍摄第三装置,则设定另一新拍摄时段。The execution of the collaborative functional mode will be further described. For example, suppose multiple devices are identified using marker-based AR technology or marker-free AR technology. For example, if a plurality of devices are photographed within a predetermined photographing period, the cooperative function mode is executed. For example, if the second device is photographed within a photographing period from the point in time when the first device is photographed, the cooperative function mode is executed. In this case, the first device is also treated as a device that was photographed during the photographing period. Further, if the second device is photographed within the photographing period from the time point when the first device is photographed, the controller 36 of the server 14 may set a new photographing period from the time point when the second device is photographed. The same applies to subsequent periods, ie, if the third device is photographed within a new photographing period, another new photographing period is set.

又如,如果在从用户所指定的时间点开始的拍摄时段内拍摄多个装置,则可执行协作功能模式。As another example, if a plurality of devices are photographed within a photographing period from a time point designated by the user, the cooperative function mode may be executed.

又如,如果在拍摄多个装置之后提供显示协作功能的指令,则可执行协作功能模式。For another example, if an instruction to display a cooperative function is provided after photographing a plurality of devices, the cooperative function mode can be executed.

又如,如果在拍摄第一装置之后没有提供执行第一装置的功能的指令的时段期间拍摄第二装置,则可执行协作功能模式。As another example, if the second device is photographed during a period in which no instruction to perform the function of the first device is provided after photographing the first device, the cooperative function mode may be performed.

如上所述,在切换单装置功能和协作功能的显示的过程中,如果识别(例如,拍摄)一个装置,则显示关于这一个装置的一个或更多个功能的信息,并且如果识别(例如,拍摄)多个装置,则执行协作功能模式。因此,关于可利用识别(例如,拍摄)的装置执行的功能的信息被提供给用户,这对用户而言可以是方便的。As described above, in the process of switching the display of the single-device function and the cooperative function, if one device is identified (eg, photographed), information on one or more functions of this one device is displayed, and if it is identified (eg, photographed) shooting) multiple devices, then execute the cooperative function mode. Therefore, information on functions that can be performed with the identified (eg, photographing) device is provided to the user, which may be convenient for the user.

由于仅通过应用AR技术识别装置,单装置功能或协作功能变得可用,所以与用户手动地进行设定以用于执行功能的情况相比,各个功能通过简单的操作而可用,并且用户的时间和努力可减少。Since the single-device function or the cooperative function becomes available only by recognizing the device by applying the AR technology, each function is available through a simple operation compared to the case where the user manually sets the function for executing the function, and the user's time and effort can be reduced.

在示例性实施方式中,与识别的装置有关的装置图像以及彼此叠加的装置图像可三维地显示以与背景图像相区分。即,这些图像可被显示为三维图像。例如,背景图像被二维显示,并且装置图像被三维显示。因此,装置图像的可视性可增加。另外,用户所指定的装置图像的颜色可改变,或者所指定的装置图像可闪烁,以使得所指定的装置图像可与其它装置图像相区分。In an exemplary embodiment, the device image related to the identified device and the device image superimposed on each other may be three-dimensionally displayed to be distinguished from the background image. That is, these images can be displayed as three-dimensional images. For example, the background image is displayed two-dimensionally, and the device image is displayed three-dimensionally. Therefore, the visibility of the device image can be increased. In addition, the color of the device image designated by the user may be changed, or the designated device image may blink, so that the designated device image can be distinguished from other device images.

根据示例性实施方式,通过应用AR技术来确定使用彼此协作的目标装置的功能的协作功能,并且显示关于协作功能的信息。因此,即使用户无法从装置的外观知道通过彼此协作的目标装置可执行哪一协作功能,也向用户提供关于协作功能的信息。此外,通过使得多个装置彼此协作,无法通过单个装置执行的功能变得可用,这可以是方便的。另外,仅通过应用AR技术识别彼此协作的目标装置,协作功能变得可用。因此,与用户手动地进行设定以用于执行协作功能的情况相比,协作功能通过简单的操作而变得可用,并且用户的时间和努力可减少。According to an exemplary embodiment, a collaboration function using the functions of target devices that cooperate with each other is determined by applying AR technology, and information on the collaboration function is displayed. Therefore, even if the user cannot know from the appearance of the device which cooperation function can be performed by the target devices cooperating with each other, the information on the cooperation function is provided to the user. Furthermore, by having multiple devices cooperate with each other, functions that cannot be performed by a single device become available, which can be convenient. In addition, only by applying AR technology to identify target devices that cooperate with each other, the cooperation function becomes available. Therefore, compared with the case where the user manually sets for executing the cooperation function, the cooperation function becomes available through a simple operation, and the user's time and effort can be reduced.

例如,图像形成设备10、服务器14和终端设备16中的每一个通过硬件和软件资源之间的协作来实现。具体地,图像形成设备10、服务器14和终端设备16中的每一个包括诸如中央处理单元(CPU)的一个或多个处理器(未示出)。所述一个或多个处理器读取并执行存储在存储设备(未示出)中的程序,由此实现图像形成设备10、服务器14和终端设备16的各个单元的功能。程序通过诸如紧凑盘(CD)或数字多功能盘(DVD)的记录介质或者通过诸如网络的通信路径存储在存储设备中。另选地,图像形成设备10、服务器14和终端设备16的各个单元可通过诸如处理器、电子电路或专用集成电路(ASIC)的硬件资源来实现。诸如存储器的设备可用于实现。另选地,图像形成设备10、服务器14和终端设备16的各个单元可通过数字信号处理器(DSP)或现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)来实现。For example, each of the image forming apparatus 10 , the server 14 and the terminal apparatus 16 is realized by cooperation between hardware and software resources. Specifically, each of the image forming apparatus 10 , the server 14 and the terminal apparatus 16 includes one or more processors (not shown) such as a central processing unit (CPU). The one or more processors read and execute programs stored in a storage device (not shown), thereby realizing the functions of the respective units of the image forming apparatus 10 , the server 14 , and the terminal apparatus 16 . The program is stored in the storage device through a recording medium such as a compact disc (CD) or a digital versatile disc (DVD) or through a communication path such as a network. Alternatively, the respective units of the image forming apparatus 10, the server 14, and the terminal apparatus 16 may be implemented by hardware resources such as a processor, an electronic circuit, or an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC). Devices such as memory can be used for implementation. Alternatively, the respective units of the image forming apparatus 10, the server 14, and the terminal apparatus 16 may be implemented by a digital signal processor (DSP) or a field programmable gate array (FPGA).

为了例示和描述的目的提供了本发明的示例性实施方式的以上描述。其并不旨在为穷尽性的或者将本发明限于所公开的精确形式。显然,对于本领域技术人员而言许多修改和变化将是显而易见的。选择并描述实施方式以便最佳地说明本发明的原理及其实际应用,从而使得本领域技术人员能够理解本发明的各种实施方式以及适合于可以想到的具体用途的各种修改。本发明的范围旨在由随附权利要求书及其等同物限定。The foregoing description of the exemplary embodiments of the present invention has been provided for the purposes of illustration and description. It is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise form disclosed. Obviously, many modifications and variations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The embodiment was chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical application, to thereby enable others skilled in the art to understand the invention for various embodiments and with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated. It is intended that the scope of the present invention be defined by the appended claims and their equivalents.

Claims (22)

1. An information processing apparatus, comprising:
a controller that performs control to present guidance indicating a second device capable of performing the cooperative function together with the first device if a first image related to the first device required to perform the cooperative function is specified,
wherein the controller monitors at least one of an operation state of the first device, an environment in which the first device is installed, and an update state of the first device, and determines the availability of the cooperation function based on the monitoring result.
2. The information processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the controller performs control to present the guidance if an image related to a device incapable of performing the cooperative function with the first device is further specified.
3. The information processing apparatus according to claim 2, wherein the controller performs control to present the guidance if an operation of linking the first image and an image related to a device that cannot perform the cooperative function with the first device to each other is performed.
4. The information processing apparatus according to claim 2, wherein the controller performs control to present the guidance if the first image and an image related to a device that cannot perform the cooperative function with the first device are superimposed on each other.
5. The apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein if a partial image included in the first image is specified, the controller performs control to present the guidance indicating the second device that can perform the cooperative function together with a function corresponding to the partial image.
6. The apparatus according to claim 1, wherein as the control to present the guidance, the controller performs control to display a candidate list showing information on one or more second devices capable of performing the cooperative function.
7. The apparatus according to claim 6, wherein if a second device is specified from among the one or more second devices on the candidate list, the controller performs control to display information on the cooperative function using the specified second device.
8. The information processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the controller performs control to display the cooperative function while changing the cooperative function according to an order in which the first device and the second device are specified.
9. The information processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein if the first device and the second device are specified, the controller further performs control to present guidance indicating a third device capable of performing a cooperative function together with the first device and the second device.
10. The information processing apparatus according to claim 9, wherein the controller performs control to present the guidance while changing the third device according to an order in which the first device and the second device are specified.
11. An information processing apparatus, comprising:
a controller that performs control to present guidance indicating a second function capable of performing the cooperative function together with the first function if a first image related to the first function required to perform the cooperative function is specified,
wherein the controller monitors at least one of an operation state of a device corresponding to the first and second functions, an environment in which the device corresponding to the first and second functions is installed, and an updated state of the device corresponding to the first and second functions, and determines the availability of the cooperative function based on the monitoring result.
12. The information processing apparatus according to claim 11, wherein the controller performs control to present the guidance if an image related to a function that cannot execute the cooperative function together with the first function is further specified.
13. The information processing apparatus according to claim 12, wherein the controller performs control to present the guidance if an operation of linking the first image and an image related to a function that cannot perform the cooperative function together with the first function to each other is performed.
14. The information processing apparatus according to claim 12, wherein the controller performs control to present the guidance if the first image and an image related to a function that cannot perform the cooperative function together with the first function are superimposed on each other.
15. The information processing apparatus according to any one of claims 11 to 14, wherein as the control to present the guidance, the controller performs control to display a candidate list showing information on one or more second functions that can execute the cooperative function.
16. The information processing apparatus according to claim 15, wherein an order in which the one or more second functions are arranged in the candidate list is determined based on past usage records of the one or more second functions.
17. The apparatus according to claim 11, wherein the controller performs control to display the cooperative function while changing the cooperative function in accordance with an order in which the first function and the second function are specified.
18. The information processing apparatus according to claim 11, wherein if the first function and the second function are specified, the controller further performs control to present guidance indicating a third function that can perform a cooperative function together with the first function and the second function.
19. The information processing apparatus according to claim 18, wherein the controller performs control to present the guidance while changing the third function in accordance with an order in which the first function and the second function are specified.
20. The apparatus according to claim 11, wherein the first function and the second function are included in a group of functions registered in advance, a group of functions of one or more identified devices, a group of functions displayed on a display, or a group of functions displayed in a specific area of a screen of the display.
21. An information processing method, comprising the steps of:
if a first image related to a first device required to perform a cooperative function is specified, performing control to present guidance indicating a second device capable of performing the cooperative function together with the first device,
wherein at least one of an operation state of the first device, an environment in which the first device is installed, and an update state of the first device is monitored, and availability of the cooperation function is determined based on the monitoring result.
22. An information processing method, comprising the steps of:
if a first image related to a first function required to execute a cooperative function is specified, performing control to present guidance indicating a second function capable of executing the cooperative function together with the first function,
wherein at least one of an operation state of a device to which the first function and the second function correspond, an environment in which the device to which the first function and the second function correspond is installed, and an updated state of the device to which the first function and the second function correspond is monitored, and the availability of the cooperation function is determined based on a monitoring result.
CN201710938467.4A 2017-01-11 2017-09-30 Information processing apparatus and information processing method Active CN108307084B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-002491 2017-01-11
JP2017002491A JP2018112860A (en) 2017-01-11 2017-01-11 Information processing device and program

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN108307084A CN108307084A (en) 2018-07-20
CN108307084B true CN108307084B (en) 2022-06-24

Family

ID=62869993

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201710938467.4A Active CN108307084B (en) 2017-01-11 2017-09-30 Information processing apparatus and information processing method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2018112860A (en)
CN (1) CN108307084B (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7271157B2 (en) * 2018-12-13 2023-05-11 シャープ株式会社 DISPLAY DEVICE, PROGRAM AND DISPLAY METHOD OF DISPLAY DEVICE
JP7509643B2 (en) 2020-10-01 2024-07-02 グローリー株式会社 Automated Trading System

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011182183A (en) * 2010-03-01 2011-09-15 Panasonic Corp Device information display apparatus, television, equipment information display method, program, and recording medium
JP2011253370A (en) * 2010-06-02 2011-12-15 Sony Corp Information processing device, information processing method and program
JP2012213144A (en) * 2011-03-18 2012-11-01 Ricoh Co Ltd Information processor, information processing system, device cooperation method and program
WO2013061517A1 (en) * 2011-10-27 2013-05-02 パナソニック株式会社 Apparatus for executing device coordination service, method for executing device coordination service, and program for executing device coordination service
CN104375948A (en) * 2013-08-14 2015-02-25 佳能株式会社 Image forming apparatus and control method thereof
JP6024848B1 (en) * 2016-05-06 2016-11-16 富士ゼロックス株式会社 Information processing apparatus and program
CN106161834A (en) * 2015-05-11 2016-11-23 富士施乐株式会社 Information processing system, information processor and information processing method
JP6052458B1 (en) * 2016-06-29 2016-12-27 富士ゼロックス株式会社 Information processing apparatus and program

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6303709B2 (en) * 2014-03-28 2018-04-04 ブラザー工業株式会社 Image processing apparatus, communication system, and relay apparatus

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011182183A (en) * 2010-03-01 2011-09-15 Panasonic Corp Device information display apparatus, television, equipment information display method, program, and recording medium
JP2011253370A (en) * 2010-06-02 2011-12-15 Sony Corp Information processing device, information processing method and program
JP2012213144A (en) * 2011-03-18 2012-11-01 Ricoh Co Ltd Information processor, information processing system, device cooperation method and program
WO2013061517A1 (en) * 2011-10-27 2013-05-02 パナソニック株式会社 Apparatus for executing device coordination service, method for executing device coordination service, and program for executing device coordination service
CN104375948A (en) * 2013-08-14 2015-02-25 佳能株式会社 Image forming apparatus and control method thereof
CN106161834A (en) * 2015-05-11 2016-11-23 富士施乐株式会社 Information processing system, information processor and information processing method
JP6024848B1 (en) * 2016-05-06 2016-11-16 富士ゼロックス株式会社 Information processing apparatus and program
JP6052458B1 (en) * 2016-06-29 2016-12-27 富士ゼロックス株式会社 Information processing apparatus and program

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2018112860A (en) 2018-07-19
CN108307084A (en) 2018-07-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11800026B2 (en) Information processing apparatus and non-transitory computer readable medium
JP6052458B1 (en) Information processing apparatus and program
JP2018067139A (en) Information processing apparatus and program
US10440208B2 (en) Information processing apparatus with cooperative function identification
CN114327309B (en) Information processing device and non-transitory computer readable medium
US10567608B2 (en) Information processing apparatus and non-transitory computer readable medium
JP6146528B1 (en) Information processing apparatus and program
US10359975B2 (en) Information processing device and non-transitory computer readable medium
CN108307084B (en) Information processing apparatus and information processing method
JP6327387B2 (en) Information processing apparatus and program
JP2018005899A (en) Information processing apparatus and program
JP2019068442A (en) Information processing apparatus and program
JP6958680B2 (en) Information processing equipment and programs
JP2018129097A (en) Information processing apparatus and program
JP6443497B2 (en) Information processing apparatus and program
JP2019114279A (en) Information processing device and program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
CB02 Change of applicant information

Address after: Tokyo, Japan

Applicant after: Fuji film business innovation Co.,Ltd.

Address before: Tokyo, Japan

Applicant before: Fuji Xerox Co.,Ltd.

CB02 Change of applicant information
GR01 Patent grant
GR01 Patent grant